Update translations.

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -80,8 +80,9 @@ msgid ""
 " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team "
 "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to "
 "Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported "
-"Lubuntu releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the "
+"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the "
-"traditional Lubuntu experience."
+"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** "
+"which is a more modern environment."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26
@@ -155,8 +156,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower and less "
+"*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error "
-"efficient than the other methods.*"
+"prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49
@@ -168,11 +169,42 @@ msgid ""
 "in the right direction."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of "
+"frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening "
+"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause "
+"massive frustration and a failed install."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit "
+"lubuntu 18.10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"and then carefully check that the output matches "
+"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 "
+"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61
+msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"and then check carefully the output matches "
+"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71
 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:54
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the"
 " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is"
@@ -182,21 +214,22 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BitTorrent>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:56
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend "
 "`Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_, an Open Source BitTorrent "
 "client. Since Transmission only provides clients for Linux and macOS, we "
-"recommend `uTorrent <https://www.utorrent.com/>`_ for Windows users."
+"recommend `qbittorrent <https://www.qbittorrent.org/download.php>`_ for "
+"Windows users."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:58
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or "
 "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78
 msgid ""
 "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent "
 "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend "
@@ -205,11 +238,11 @@ msgid ""
 "decentralizing the download location for other users."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82
 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:65
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83
 msgid ""
 "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the "
 "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to "
@@ -217,36 +250,69 @@ msgid ""
 "last image was spun."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85
 msgid ""
 "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only"
 " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:69
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of "
 "either), run the following command in a terminal:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93
-msgid "sudo apt install zsync"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which "
 "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux "
 "distributions:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:75
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99
-msgid "sudo snap install zsync"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to "
 "Chapter 1.2.**"
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases."
+#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, "
+#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release "
+#~ "recommended for most users. It is "
+#~ "supported for three years after the "
+#~ "release date and does not contain "
+#~ "new features. Throughout the course of"
+#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team"
+#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** "
+#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu"
+#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally,"
+#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu releases"
+#~ " use the **LXDE** desktop environment, "
+#~ "which is the traditional Lubuntu "
+#~ "experience."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "*We don't recommend using this method"
+#~ " as it's often slower and less "
+#~ "efficient than the other methods.*"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In order to torrent the file, you"
+#~ " need a BitTorrent client. We "
+#~ "recommend `Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_,"
+#~ " an Open Source BitTorrent client. "
+#~ "Since Transmission only provides clients "
+#~ "for Linux and macOS, we recommend "
+#~ "`uTorrent <https://www.utorrent.com/>`_ for Windows"
+#~ " users."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "sudo apt install zsync"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync"
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,138 +23,321 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:5
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3
-msgid "Starting the installer"
+msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6
-msgid ""
+msgid "Starting the installer"
-"This will tell you about installation of Lubuntu. Once you have booted "
-"lubuntu to install it you will be greated by a screen that shows Start "
-"Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, test RAM, and boot from first hard disk."
-" To start the install press install Lubuntu. In the upper left hand "
-"corner of the desktop that looks like a disk which says Install Lubuntu "
-"18.10. You will be taken to a screen with Welcome to the lubuntu "
-"installer. If you wish to choose a different language there is a log with"
-" which language to  run the intsaller."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"After selecting the language the next button will move you on to the next"
+"Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen "
-" task."
+"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test "
+"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start "
+"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for "
+"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is "
+"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad "
+"media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu."
+" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-"
+"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:11
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change"
+" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the "
+"language the next button will move you on to the next task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23
 msgid "Selecting Your location"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:13
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can chooose "
+"The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose "
-"your time zone and will stay up to date. On the bottom of the window "
+"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and "
-"there is a place to change your system language for the install after you"
+"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change "
-" finsih installing and the format for date and time."
+"your system language."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30
 msgid "Selecting Keyboard Layout"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:17
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"To find the keyboard layout you can check if you want your keytobard on "
+"Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the"
-"the top of the window should look the same as below on your keyboard. At "
+" keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure "
-"the far bottom you can type to make sure your layout is correct. The "
+"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose "
-"keyboard model version lets you choose different layouts and the right "
+"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you "
-"column gets different vairtns of that loyout. To continue with the "
+"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the "
-"installation press the next button."
+"installation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:20
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37
 msgid "Setting up partitions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:21
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"If all you want is Lubuntu is on your is Lubuntu you can select the erase"
+"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase "
-" disk which will delete all daata on the disk which is why having your "
+"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**,  "
-"data backed up before this point is extremely important. IF you choose to"
+"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely "
-" do this you can continue on to user setup."
+"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:24
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"Erasing your entire disk or partiion may cause you to lose data so please"
+"Erasing your entire disk or partition may cause you to lose data so "
-" backup beforehand."
+"please backup beforehand."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:26
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"If you have had  a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk"
+"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced "
-" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In "
+"partitioning section."
-"this subcase running  `sudo swapoff -a` will unmount them and any "
-"partitions with data mounted can be unmounted through pcmanfm-qt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:29
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49
-msgid "Manual partioning"
+msgid "User Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:31
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"If you wish to manual set up partitions as an advanced option you will "
+"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own "
-"have to choose which filesystem you want. A filesystem controls how your "
+"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the"
-"filesystems are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting "
+" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your "
-"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you "
+"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next "
-"will need to create an EFI system partition see  "
+"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before "
-"`http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition` for more detail to "
+"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install "
-"create this partition you will need a fat32 filesystem with the ESP flag "
+"button to begin the installation."
-"with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will  also "
-"need a / or root filesystem several filesystems included for Lubuntu are "
-"ext4, xfs, and btrfs. If you have had  a previous linux install and want "
-"to put the entire disk or just replace an entire partition you will need "
-"to unmount them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:33
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54
+msgid "The Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"To create a partition you need to press the create partition button which"
+"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the "
-" will bring up a dialog. The filesystem field is a drop down menu to "
+"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to "
-"select which filesystem you want. You also need to select where you want "
+"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished."
-"to mount the partition which you need at least one / partition and if you"
-" are booting an efi system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted "
-"partition. Another common option is if you have a want to have your data "
-"all on its own partition which can even be on its own seperate physical "
-"disk this can be mounted at /home."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:36
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60
-msgid "User Setup"
+msgid "Advanced partitioning"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61
 msgid ""
-"The user setup section creates a field to open your own name and then "
+"If you have had  a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk"
-"what username you want to use when you log in. The next input field is "
+" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In "
-"for the hostname of your computer. The final field of this entry is to "
+"this case running"
-"enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it into your"
-" box and then reboot to an install you cannot log into as this is a way "
-"more frustrating feeling than entering a password twice. Pressing the "
-"next button will give you a summary screen of the settings before install"
-" and if this is what you want press the install button to install "
-"everything after confirming in the dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:40
-msgid "The Install"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:41
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67
 msgid ""
-"The installer will show a slideshow while the installer writes to the "
+"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted "
-"partition and installs Lubuntu. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a "
+"through pcmanfm-qt."
-"checkbox to reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now "
+msgstr ""
-"finished."
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70
+msgid "Manual partitioning"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will "
+"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how "
+"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting "
+"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you "
+"will need to create an EFI system partition see  `efi system "
+"partitionwikipedia <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ "
+"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-"
+"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount"
+" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems "
+"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a "
+"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-"
+"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the "
+"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are "
+"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. "
+"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, "
+"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted "
+"at /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This will tell you about installation"
+#~ " of Lubuntu. Once you have booted "
+#~ "lubuntu to install it you will be"
+#~ " greated by a screen that shows "
+#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects,"
+#~ " test RAM, and boot from first "
+#~ "hard disk. To start the install "
+#~ "press install Lubuntu. In the upper "
+#~ "left hand corner of the desktop "
+#~ "that looks like a disk which says"
+#~ " Install Lubuntu 18.10. You will be"
+#~ " taken to a screen with Welcome "
+#~ "to the lubuntu installer. If you "
+#~ "wish to choose a different language "
+#~ "there is a log with which language"
+#~ " to  run the intsaller."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After selecting the language the next"
+#~ " button will move you on to the"
+#~ " next task."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The next screen will show you a"
+#~ " map of the world where you can"
+#~ " chooose your time zone and will "
+#~ "stay up to date. On the bottom "
+#~ "of the window there is a place "
+#~ "to change your system language for "
+#~ "the install after you finsih installing"
+#~ " and the format for date and "
+#~ "time."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To find the keyboard layout you "
+#~ "can check if you want your "
+#~ "keytobard on the top of the window"
+#~ " should look the same as below "
+#~ "on your keyboard. At the far "
+#~ "bottom you can type to make sure"
+#~ " your layout is correct. The keyboard"
+#~ " model version lets you choose "
+#~ "different layouts and the right column"
+#~ " gets different vairtns of that "
+#~ "loyout. To continue with the "
+#~ "installation press the next button."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu is "
+#~ "on your is Lubuntu you can select"
+#~ " the erase disk which will delete "
+#~ "all daata on the disk which is "
+#~ "why having your data backed up "
+#~ "before this point is extremely "
+#~ "important. IF you choose to do "
+#~ "this you can continue on to user"
+#~ " setup."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Erasing your entire disk or partiion "
+#~ "may cause you to lose data so "
+#~ "please backup beforehand."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have had  a previous linux"
+#~ " install and want to put the "
+#~ "entire disk or just replace an "
+#~ "entire partition you will need to "
+#~ "unmount them. In this subcase running"
+#~ "  `sudo swapoff -a` will unmount them"
+#~ " and any partitions with data mounted"
+#~ " can be unmounted through pcmanfm-qt."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Manual partioning"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you wish to manual set up "
+#~ "partitions as an advanced option you "
+#~ "will have to choose which filesystem "
+#~ "you want. A filesystem controls how "
+#~ "your filesystems are accessed at lower"
+#~ " levels on the disk. If you are"
+#~ " booting your computer in UEFI mode"
+#~ " a more modern firmware compared to"
+#~ " BIOS you will need to create "
+#~ "an EFI system partition see  "
+#~ "`http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition` for "
+#~ "more detail to create this partition "
+#~ "you will need a fat32 filesystem "
+#~ "with the ESP flag with to be "
+#~ "mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount"
+#~ " point. You will  also need a /"
+#~ " or root filesystem several filesystems "
+#~ "included for Lubuntu are ext4, xfs, "
+#~ "and btrfs. If you have had  a "
+#~ "previous linux install and want to "
+#~ "put the entire disk or just "
+#~ "replace an entire partition you will "
+#~ "need to unmount them."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To create a partition you need to"
+#~ " press the create partition button "
+#~ "which will bring up a dialog. The"
+#~ " filesystem field is a drop down "
+#~ "menu to select which filesystem you "
+#~ "want. You also need to select "
+#~ "where you want to mount the "
+#~ "partition which you need at least "
+#~ "one / partition and if you are "
+#~ "booting an efi system you will "
+#~ "also need a /boot/efi mounted partition."
+#~ " Another common option is if you "
+#~ "have a want to have your data "
+#~ "all on its own partition which can"
+#~ " even be on its own seperate "
+#~ "physical disk this can be mounted "
+#~ "at /home."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The user setup section creates a "
+#~ "field to open your own name and"
+#~ " then what username you want to "
+#~ "use when you log in. The next "
+#~ "input field is for the hostname of"
+#~ " your computer. The final field of"
+#~ " this entry is to enter your "
+#~ "password twice to make sure you "
+#~ "have not mistyped it into your box"
+#~ " and then reboot to an install "
+#~ "you cannot log into as this is "
+#~ "a way more frustrating feeling than "
+#~ "entering a password twice. Pressing the"
+#~ " next button will give you a "
+#~ "summary screen of the settings before"
+#~ " install and if this is what "
+#~ "you want press the install button "
+#~ "to install everything after confirming "
+#~ "in the dialog."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The installer will show a slideshow "
+#~ "while the installer writes to the "
+#~ "partition and installs Lubuntu. Once "
+#~ "Lubuntu is installed you have a "
+#~ "checkbox to reboot now after your "
+#~ "Lubuntu is installed and is now "
+#~ "finished."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,10 +20,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 1: Installing Lubuntu"
+msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4
-msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer."
+msgid ""
+"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your "
+"computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid "Chapter 1: Installing Lubuntu"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -75,27 +75,180 @@ msgid "Open source"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:21
-msgid "Usage/Screenshots"
+msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26
-msgid "Version"
+msgid "Useage"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27
 msgid ""
+"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the "
+"tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with"
+" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`.  To Open a"
+" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing "
+"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last "
+"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press "
+":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that "
+"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over "
+":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the"
+" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were "
+"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to"
+" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the "
+"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. "
+"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in"
+" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on"
+" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where "
+"you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the "
+"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste"
+" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste "
+"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately"
+" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to"
+" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to "
+"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three"
+" vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and "
+"bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like "
+"three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the "
+"bookmark you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35
+msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press "
+":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press"
+" :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + "
+"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with "
+"horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can "
+"also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click "
+"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are "
+"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a "
+"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then "
+"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click"
+" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a"
+" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move "
+"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right "
+"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to "
+"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move"
+" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and "
+":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current "
+"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. "
+"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close"
+" Tab`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type "
+"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored "
+"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences"
+" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for "
+":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you "
+"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links "
+"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The "
+"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it "
+"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button "
+"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save "
+"downloads or always ask to save files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and "
+"opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down "
+"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the "
+"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or "
+"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` "
+"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The "
+"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The "
+"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by "
+"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have "
+"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows"
+" site that you have saved or visited recently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on "
+"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
+"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search "
+"and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change "
+"your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions "
+"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into "
+"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press "
+":kbd:`Control+X`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55
+msgid ""
 "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox "
 "Quantum."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:30
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a "
-"blue sphere) in the Lubuntu Menu. You can also type and run `firefox` in "
+"blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also "
-"the terminal to open the browser."
+"type and run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have"
+" firefox directly open this manual with"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open Firefox, click on the "
+#~ "Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a"
+#~ " blue sphere) in the Lubuntu Menu."
+#~ " You can also type and run "
+#~ "`firefox` in the terminal to open "
+#~ "the browser."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,28 +20,122 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission"
+msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4
-msgid "Qtransmission is a bittorrent client."
+msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:8
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:9
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14
-msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Qtransmission."
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the "
+"torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission."
+" The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload"
+" to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will "
+"see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The "
+"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download "
+"for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you "
+"are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all "
+"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press "
+"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or "
+":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the "
+"torrent from the list right click Delete files and remove or press "
+":kbd:`Shift +Delete`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
+"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To sort your torrents by activity :menuselection:`View --> Sort by "
+"Activity`. To sort your torrents by age :menuselection:`View --> Sort by "
+"Age`. To sort your torrents by name :menuselection:`View --> Sort by "
+"Name`. To sort your torrents by Progress :menuselection:`View --> Sort by"
+" Progress`.  To sort your torrents by Queue :menuselection:`View --> Sort"
+" by Queue`. To sort your torrents by ratio uploaded to downloaded "
+":menuselection:`View --> Sort by ratio`. To sort your torrents by size "
+":menuselection:`View --> Sort by Size`. To sort your torrents by State "
+":menuselection:`View --> Sort by State`. To sort your torrents by time to"
+" finish downloading :menuselection:`View --> Sort by time left`. To "
+"reverse the sort order :menuselection:`View --> Reverse sort order`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on"
+" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio "
+"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->"
+" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current "
+"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your "
+"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> "
+"Session Transfer`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:13
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> "
+"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"To launch Qtransmission go to menu -> Internet -> Qtransmission bittorent"
+"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with "
-" client or run transmission-qt from the command line."
+"a double pointed vertical arrow."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Qtransmission is a bittorrent client."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Qtransmission."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch Qtransmission go to menu "
+#~ "-> Internet -> Qtransmission bittorent "
+#~ "client or run transmission-qt from "
+#~ "the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po

@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel"
+" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major"
+" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android "
+"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, "
+"but also ubiquitous available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11
+msgid "Features:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7
+msgid "Remember Channels and servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8
+msgid "SASL authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:9
+msgid "Notifications, including sounds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:10
+msgid "Aliases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11
+msgid "Ignore lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:14
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This "
+"can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To "
+"send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" "
+"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you "
+"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer "
+"messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> "
+"Networks --> Configure_Networks`  +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select "
+"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where"
+" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel "
+"or use the join button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which "
+"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of "
+"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your "
+"desktop if you are in another window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which "
+"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure "
+"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the "
+"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. "
+"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input "
+"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto "
+"identifify. You can also autoidentify without  using sasl by clicking the"
+" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is "
+"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in "
+"where you autoidentify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right "
+"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will"
+" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again "
+"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
+"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with "
+":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down."
+" To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the "
+"previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press "
+":kbd:`Meta +A`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom "
+"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the "
+":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel "
+"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see "
+"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your "
+"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and"
+" copy link adress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting "
+":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the "
+"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin"
+" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between "
+"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after "
+"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to "
+"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to "
+"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the"
+" unlimited number of checkboxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To "
+"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the "
+"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and "
+"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View "
+"--> Chat lists --> All chats`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
+"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings "
+"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left "
+"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`,"
+" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If "
+"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name "
+"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to "
+"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show "
+"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else "
+"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The"
+" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear "
+"highlighted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> "
+"Configure Quassel`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar"
+" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is "
+"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left "
+"click on the channel name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client "
+"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the "
+":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon "
+"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want"
+" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in"
+" the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on"
+" close button`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and "
+"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the "
+":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the "
+":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want "
+"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. "
+"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the "
+":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting "
+"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker "
+"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line "
+"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set "
+"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the "
+":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each "
+"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up"
+" the specific color for that kind of message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname "
+"lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font "
+"on the lists of nicks and the :guilabel:`Choose` button lets you choose "
+"the font you want. The :guilabel:`Display topic in tooltip` shows the "
+"channel topic in a tooltip if you move the mouse over it. If you want to "
+"be able to switch channels from the mouse wheel check the "
+":guilabel:`Mouse wheel changes selected chat` checkbox. The checkbox "
+":guilabel:`Use Custom Colors` enables the settings for different colors "
+"for the different channels. The buttons next to :guilabel:`Standard`, "
+":guilabel:`Inactive`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, or :guilabel:`Other "
+"activity` all change what color the channel appears when you are in a "
+"list of channels. The :guilabel:`Custom Nick List colors` checkbox lets "
+"you change the color of nicks in the list. The :guilabel:`Online` button "
+"changes the color of nicks of online users. The :guilabel:`Away` button "
+"changes the color of nicks of Away users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into "
+"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
+"thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the "
+":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the"
+" :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox "
+":guilabel:`Show nick selector` puts a widget in the lower left corner of "
+"the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style "
+"buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an "
+"arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box"
+" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping`  checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69
+msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75
+msgid "in the terminal."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -25,15 +25,50 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4
 msgid ""
-"bluedevil is the default application to make bluetooth devices for "
+"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for "
 "lubuntu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13
+msgid "Pairing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled "
+"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show "
+"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press"
+" :guilabel:`next`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17
+msgid "Sending files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To send a file to another device after pairing with the device "
+":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file "
+"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press "
+"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which "
+"files to transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "bluedevil is the default application to"
+#~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -27,21 +27,144 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Trojita is the default IMAP email client of Lubuntu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:7
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with "
+"trojita."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12
 msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will "
+"need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email "
+"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. "
+"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your "
+"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion "
+"to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The "
+":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email"
+" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access "
+"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to "
+"send to the email server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"After entering this in you will be asked to check the certificate for "
+"your server and will need to select the :guilabel:`yes` for the first "
+"time. If you did not insert your password to be stored on your computer a"
+" dialog box will popup and you will need to input it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"After you have set everything up a set of folders will appear on the left"
+" hand side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
+":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will "
+"bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you "
+"want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of"
+" your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the "
+"message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If "
+"you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the "
+"paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press "
+"the :guilabel:`Send` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in"
+" your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of "
+"the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread "
+"messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title "
+"and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want "
+"to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message "
+"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear"
+" on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it "
+"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` "
+"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita."
+" To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages"
+" left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch "
+"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to "
+"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control"
+" + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an "
+"email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
+":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message "
+"in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change "
+"your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for "
+"new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read "
+"messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest "
+"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> "
+"Descending`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> "
+"Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`"
+" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all"
+" optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a"
+" dialog to save the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"To launch trojita from the menu -> Internet -> trojita with the icon that"
+"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` "
-" looks like an envolope or run trojita from the command line."
+"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch trojita from the menu ->"
+#~ " Internet -> trojita with the icon"
+#~ " that looks like an envolope or "
+#~ "run trojita from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,3 +23,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent "
+"clients."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -41,21 +41,51 @@ msgid ""
 "dialog are along the left hand column."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:11
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10
-msgid "Version"
+msgid ""
+"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets "
+"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc."
+" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you "
+"want to switch to."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12
-msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
+msgid ""
+"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will "
+"automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a "
+"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to "
+"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:16
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"From the menu -> Office -> Libreoffice to launch libreoffice or run "
+"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch "
-"libreoffice from the command line."
+"libreoffice or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "From the menu -> Office -> "
+#~ "Libreoffice to launch libreoffice or run"
+#~ " libreoffice from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -28,20 +28,143 @@ msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu.
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7
-msgid "Version"
+msgid "Useage"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type"
+" in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells"
+" you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is "
+"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse "
+"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order "
+"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in "
+"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing"
+" upwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a "
+"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file "
+"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> "
+"Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder "
+"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File "
+"--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
+"Documents`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces "
+"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control "
+":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit -->  paste`, right click paste or"
+" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut"
+" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If "
+"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + "
+"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the"
+" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The "
+"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, "
+"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the "
+"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type "
+"you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on"
+" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column"
+" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If "
+"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. "
+"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and "
+"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on "
+"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number "
+"delete rows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To change the size of a  row or colum of cells click in between the "
+"border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give "
+"yourself room."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with "
+"the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the "
+"reverse order to this you can have :menuselection:`Data --> Sort "
+"Descending`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the "
+"arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press"
+" :kbd:`Control +y` or the number looping to the right and exiting to the "
+"left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu "
+":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width "
+"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select"
+" an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
+"Select --> Select Column`. To select an entire row press :kbd:`Shift "
+"+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the "
+"bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
+"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each "
+"sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert"
+" --> Special Character`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version  6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:11
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to Office -> Libreoffice Calc "
+"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> "
-"or run localc from the command line."
+"Libreoffice Calc` or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the "
+#~ "menu go to Office -> Libreoffice "
+#~ "Calc or run localc from the "
+#~ "command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
 msgid "Features include:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -43,41 +43,278 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "pdf export"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
-msgid "Useage"
+msgid "images"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a "
 "templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking"
-" and then click open. To add a title to a slide click where it says click"
+" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where "
-" to add title."
+"it says click to add title."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:15
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button"
 " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the"
-" file you want and open it. To save your presentation press the button "
+" file you want and open it or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To view "
-"that looks like a floppy disk."
+"your recently opened files press :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
+"Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a "
+"floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a"
+" custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a "
+"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme"
+" and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. "
+"To insert a picture press the button with what looks like a photograph of"
+" a tree and select the file you want to insert or :menuselection:`Insert "
+"--> Image...`. To insert audio or video to your presentation "
+":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> "
+"Your prefred layout`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and "
+"then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
+"Bold`. To make text italic with first select it and then press "
+":kbd:`Control + I` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Italic`. To "
+"underline your text select it and then press :kbd:`Control+U` or "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font"
+" size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
+"Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift "
+"+ Control +P` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Superscript`. To "
+"make text subscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift + Control + B` or "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools"
+" --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press "
+":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your "
+"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then "
+"press :kbd:`Control + C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text "
+"select it first and the press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit "
+"--> Cut`. To paste text without formatting pres :kbd:`Control +Shift + "
+"Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special "
+"Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Center`. To have your text aligned "
+"to the right press :kbd:`Control +R` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align "
+"--> Right`. To align text to the left press :kbd:`Control + L` or "
+":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you "
+"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you "
+"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the "
+"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for "
+"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The "
+":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines "
+"over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu "
+"to choose what color to draw a line over something. The "
+":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different "
+"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from "
+"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font "
+"appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for "
+":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an"
+" option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of "
+"your underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color` menu. To have effects "
+"with how your is vertically with the rest of the line select the "
+":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your text superscript press the  "
+":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your text subscript press the "
+":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for :guilabel:`Scale width` "
+"changes how much to scale the width of the font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists "
+"--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format "
+"--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To "
+"increase your spacing between paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> "
+"Spacing --> Increase Paragraph Spacing`. To decrease your spacing between"
+" paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Decrease Paragraph "
+"Spacing`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box "
+"of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize "
+"both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and "
+"resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at "
+"the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal "
+"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
+"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +"
+" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it "
+"to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and "
+"drag to resize to the desired size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your "
+"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you "
+"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
+"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to "
+"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the "
+"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a "
+"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select "
+":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click"
+" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
+"Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom "
+"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in "
+"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel "
+"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To "
+"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide"
+" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a "
+"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of "
+"slide  :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` "
+"which has many different options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To "
+"move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a "
+"slide to the start :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to start`. To"
+" move a slide to the end :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to "
+"end`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv "
+"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the "
+"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press "
+":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current "
+"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of "
+"the slideshow  left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to "
+"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
+"right click previous."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> "
+"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag "
+"the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline"
+" view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an "
+"outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal "
+"view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:19
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69
 msgid "How To launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:23
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70
 msgid ""
-"To launch go to the menu -> Office -> Libreoffice impress or run "
+"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` "
-"loimpress."
+"or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76
+msgid "from the command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you"
+#~ " will get a dialog to select a"
+#~ " templete with a preview select which"
+#~ " one you want to use by left"
+#~ " clicking and then click open. To "
+#~ "add a title to a slide click "
+#~ "where it says click to add title."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open a previous presentation you "
+#~ "have been working on press the "
+#~ "button that looks like a folder "
+#~ "with a piece of paper in it "
+#~ "and navigate to the file you want"
+#~ " and open it. To save your "
+#~ "presentation press the button that looks"
+#~ " like a floppy disk."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch go to the menu -> "
+#~ "Office -> Libreoffice impress or run "
+#~ "loimpress."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,21 +23,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:10
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press "
+":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press"
+" :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`.  To print your "
+"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press"
+" :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from "
+"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
+"Cut`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press "
+":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The left hand side has many symbols you can use for say set relations and"
+" other operators. To insert even more symbols :menuselection:`Tools --> "
+"Symbols`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"To launch libreoffice math in the menu -> office -> libreoffice math or "
+"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> "
-"run lomath from the command line."
+"libreoffice math` or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the "
+#~ "menu -> office -> libreoffice math "
+#~ "or run lomath from the command "
+#~ "line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -69,38 +69,254 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part "
 "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks "
-"like a floppy disk or press control + s. To open a previously saved "
+"like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously "
-"document press the button that looks like a folder or press control plus "
+"saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press "
-"o. To load or save a file from the menu file -> open to open a file or "
+":kbd:`control + o`. To load or save a file from the menu "
-"file -> save. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a "
+":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->"
-"sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go file -> export and "
+" Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> "
-"select the file type as pdf."
+"Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
+"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a "
+"sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->"
+" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let "
+"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft "
+"word."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you "
 "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown "
 "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the "
 "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select "
-"from the drop down menu."
+"from the drop down menu. To make your text bold you can select the text "
+"with the mouse and press the button that looks like **B** or press "
+":kbd:`control + B`. To make the font italic press the button that looks "
+"like  *I* or press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting the text or keep "
+"typing with it to be italic. To have an underlined text select the text "
+"and press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make strikethrough press the button that "
+"is a s with a line through it. If you want a floating window on how to "
+"style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then "
+"press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text "
+"select it first and then press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit "
+"--> Cut`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Edit "
+"--> Paste`. To paste with no formatting press :kbd:`Control + Alt + "
+"Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and "
+"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can "
+"change your text to a color you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located "
+"above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button"
+" that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the"
+" button that looks like a T with a box around it or "
+":menuselection:`Insert --> Text box`. To insert a hyperlink press "
+":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> "
+"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says "
+":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you "
+"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you "
+"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the "
+":guilabel:`Cancel` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a "
-"checkmark, from the menu -> tools spelling or press f7. After you are "
+"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press "
-"done writing your document you can press the button that looks like a "
+":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it "
-"printer to print, press control+ p or file -> print."
+":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To "
+"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the"
+" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can "
+"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+"
+" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your "
+"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your"
+" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with "
+"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you "
+"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection "
+"from the same spot."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40
-msgid "How to Launch"
+msgid ""
+"To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω "
+"symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To"
+" insert a page break press :kbd:`control + enter` or from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow "
+"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press "
+"the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under "
+"the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for "
+"which steps to undo and redo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"To launch go to menu -> office -> libreoffice writer or run lowriter from"
+"To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines "
-" the command line."
+"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your "
+"text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right "
+"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned"
+" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> "
+"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in "
+"between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has"
+" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or"
+" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change your line spacing of your document "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double "
+"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for "
+"one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of "
+"your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to "
+"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your "
+"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the "
+"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes "
+"around the corner to resize the image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->"
+" Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the"
+" bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> "
+"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the "
+"document left click on the body of the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom "
+"--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and "
+"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage "
+":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view "
+":menuselection:`View --> Menu`. To toggle a vertical scrollbar "
+":menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Vertical Scroll bar`. To have a "
+"horizontal scrollbar :menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Horizontal "
+"Scroll bar`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or "
+":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"To bring up a window with properties of your document "
+":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows "
+"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The "
+":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords"
+" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you "
+"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to "
+"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input "
+"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have "
+"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet "
+"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in "
+"the document` checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66
+msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what "
+#~ "you wish to type into the main "
+#~ "part of the window. If you wish"
+#~ " to save your data press the "
+#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk"
+#~ " or press control + s. To open"
+#~ " a previously saved document press "
+#~ "the button that looks like a "
+#~ "folder or press control plus o. To"
+#~ " load or save a file from the"
+#~ " menu file -> open to open a"
+#~ " file or file -> save. To have"
+#~ " save your file as a pdf press"
+#~ " the button that is a sheet of"
+#~ " paper with curved red lines on "
+#~ "it or go file -> export and "
+#~ "select the file type as pdf."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To change the font size There is"
+#~ " a drop down box with a number"
+#~ " in it you can type the font"
+#~ " size you want in this box or"
+#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You"
+#~ " can change the font with the "
+#~ "drop down box to the left of "
+#~ "the font size which you can type"
+#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or"
+#~ " select from the drop down menu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To check the spelling of your "
+#~ "document press the ABC button with "
+#~ "a checkmark, from the menu -> "
+#~ "tools spelling or press f7. After "
+#~ "you are done writing your document "
+#~ "you can press the button that "
+#~ "looks like a printer to print, "
+#~ "press control+ p or file -> print."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch go to menu -> office "
+#~ "-> libreoffice writer or run lowriter"
+#~ " from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -73,45 +73,310 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"To open a pdf file use File -> Open from the menu or Ctrl + O on the "
+"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or "
-"keyboard. If you have a pdf open use File -> Open in new tab from the "
+":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use "
-"menu, click the Open in new tab button or press Ctrl + T. To refresh a "
+":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open "
-"pdf click the Refresh button or press F5 just like most web browsers."
+"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the"
+" Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` "
+"just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you "
+"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or "
+":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite "
+"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs "
+"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the"
+" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on"
+" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently "
+"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most "
+"recently closed tab`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21
 msgid ""
+"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file "
+"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the "
+"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new "
+"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click "
+"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all "
+"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To "
+"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and "
+":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the "
+"right of the one you right click right click on a tab and "
+":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left "
+"right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23
+msgid ""
 "If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and "
-"tpye the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next "
+"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next "
 "page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are "
 "numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, "
-"continous, and multiple pages."
+"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page "
+"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`."
+" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + "
+"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page"
+" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump "
+"Forward`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, "
+"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> "
-"in the menu select View -> Docks -> O utline (make sure the button is "
+"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however  "
-"checked) or press F6 on the keyboard. It should appear on the left hand "
+"tpggle previewing  the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control "
-"side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This is useful in navigating "
+"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the "
-"large pdfs."
+"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> "
+"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control"
+" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to "
+"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the "
+"menu in the same thing again."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn "
+"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either "
+"text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the "
+"text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy"
+" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can "
+"press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name "
+"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document "
+"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, "
+"in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure "
+"the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should "
+"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This "
+"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page "
+":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view "
+"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of "
+"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts"
+" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an"
+" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or "
+":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal "
+"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` "
+"again.  To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control "
+"+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left "
+"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or "
+":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from "
+"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the "
+"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results"
+" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and "
+"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of"
+" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or "
+":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can "
+"press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes "
+"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars "
+"or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To"
+" advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` "
+"or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the "
+":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
+" Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again "
+"press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove "
+"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove "
+"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight "
+"at the context menu right then."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page "
+"width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->"
+" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on "
+"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View "
+"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the "
+"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> "
+"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it "
+"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom"
+" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press "
+":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the "
+"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View "
+"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control "
+"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom "
+"with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the "
+"mousewheel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a "
+"bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press "
+":kbd:`control +b` or  :menuselection:`Bookmarks -->  Add Bookmark` and "
+"give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in"
+" this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go "
+":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ "
+"shift+ B`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf "
+"file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To "
+"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press "
+":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window "
+"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows"
+" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The "
+"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is "
+"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go "
+"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To "
+"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select "
+"one from the drop down menu by name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the "
+":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab"
+" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you "
+"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the "
+":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the "
+":guilabel:`cancel` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`"
+" tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for "
+"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for "
+"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not "
+"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop "
+"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make "
+"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages "
+"before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how "
+"many pages away from where you are to load. The field for "
+":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the "
+"background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the "
+"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy "
+"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab."
+"  If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. "
+"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. "
+"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox"
+" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the "
+"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number "
+"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` "
+"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get "
+"smaller the more tabs you open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard "
+"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut "
+"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. "
+"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:32
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76
 msgid ""
-"To launch qpdfview go to the Menu -> Office -> qpdfview or run qpdfview "
+"To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or"
-"from the command line."
+" run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82
+msgid "from the command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open a pdf file use File "
+#~ "-> Open from the menu or Ctrl "
+#~ "+ O on the keyboard. If you "
+#~ "have a pdf open use File -> "
+#~ "Open in new tab from the menu, "
+#~ "click the Open in new tab button"
+#~ " or press Ctrl + T. To refresh"
+#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button "
+#~ "or press F5 just like most web "
+#~ "browsers."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to view a particular"
+#~ " page select the box (e.g. page "
+#~ "1/3) and tpye the page number "
+#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the"
+#~ " previous and next page use the "
+#~ "left and right arrow buttons "
+#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom "
+#~ "option, including percentage, page width, "
+#~ "page size, continous, and multiple "
+#~ "pages."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful"
+#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, "
+#~ "in the menu select View -> Docks"
+#~ " -> O utline (make sure the "
+#~ "button is checked) or press F6 on"
+#~ " the keyboard. It should appear on"
+#~ " the left hand side of the pdf"
+#~ " with collapsable sections. This is "
+#~ "useful in navigating large pdfs."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu"
+#~ " -> Office -> qpdfview or run "
+#~ "qpdfview from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,3 +23,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice "
+"office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -33,48 +33,180 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8
 msgid ""
+"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + "
+"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not "
+"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To"
+" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
+":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image"
+" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If you want to upload a picture to share it online press "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop"
+" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the"
+" file press :guilabel:`Start`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14
+msgid ""
 "To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the "
 "folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a "
 "new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a "
-"piece of paper in it. To save the file as something press the button that"
+"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File "
-" looks like a floppy disk."
+"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as "
+"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or "
+":menuselection:`File --> Save As`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the file menu -> "
+"If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the "
-"print or press control+ p to bring up a print dialog."
+":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a "
+"print dialog."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18
 msgid ""
 "To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to "
-"the right or go to edit -> rotate clockwise. To rotate conterclockwise "
+"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate "
-"use the circular arrow pointing to the left or edit ->rotate "
+"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or "
-"conterclockwise. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a magnifying"
+":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture "
-" glass with a + symobol on it or press control + +. To zoom out press the"
+"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press "
-" button of a magnifying glass with a - symbol in it or press control + -."
+":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass "
+"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip "
+"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to "
+"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from"
+" Clipboard`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:15
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and "
+"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view"
+" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and "
+"thumbnails will show at the buttom  with a scrollbar at the bottom of the"
+" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different "
+"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press "
+":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last "
+"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To view the picture entirely at its original size press "
+":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and "
+"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your "
+"image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it"
+" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or "
+":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures"
+" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the"
+" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31
 msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:19
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"To change the background color in a window press the button next to "
+":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing"
+" your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press "
+"the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same "
+"color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each "
+"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval "
+"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
+"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing "
+"the :guilabel:`OK` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:23
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or "
+"run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"To launch lximage from the menu -> graphics - > lximage or run lximage-qt"
+"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape "
-" from the command line."
+"scene of a sunset."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to"
+#~ " the right to view the next "
+#~ "file in the folder and the arrow"
+#~ " to the left to view the "
+#~ "previous folder. To open a new "
+#~ "picture press the open button which "
+#~ "looks like a blue folder with a"
+#~ " piece of paper in it. To save"
+#~ " the file as something press the "
+#~ "button that looks like a floppy "
+#~ "disk."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you wish to print a picture "
+#~ "after viewing it from the file "
+#~ "menu -> print or press control+ p"
+#~ " to bring up a print dialog."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To rotate an image to the right"
+#~ " press the circular arrrow that "
+#~ "points to the right or go to "
+#~ "edit -> rotate clockwise. To rotate "
+#~ "conterclockwise use the circular arrow "
+#~ "pointing to the left or edit "
+#~ "->rotate conterclockwise. To zoom in on"
+#~ " a picture press the icon with "
+#~ "a magnifying glass with a + "
+#~ "symobol on it or press control +"
+#~ " +. To zoom out press the "
+#~ "button of a magnifying glass with "
+#~ "a - symbol in it or press "
+#~ "control + -."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch lximage from the menu ->"
+#~ " graphics - > lximage or run "
+#~ "lximage-qt from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Screenshot"
+msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:4
@@ -35,27 +35,77 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "To use screenshot the whole screen takes a screenshot of your entire "
 "screen, current window only takes only the current window and capture an "
-"area of the screen lets you select an area interacetively. There is also "
+"area of the screen lets you select an area interacetively. To start the "
-"a delay for the screenshot you can set like a timer for a camera in the "
+"interactive area left click and then drag the mouse in a rectangle to "
-"bottom right corner of the screen."
+"select the area you want to take a screenshot. There is also a delay for "
+"the screenshot you can set like a timer for a camera in the bottom right "
+"corner of the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:11
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:10
-msgid "Version"
+msgid ""
+"To have your titlebar and frame around the window on a current window is "
+"a checkbox on the bottom. The :guilabel:`Include mouse cursor` checkbox "
+"will include your mouse cursor in the screenshot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:12
-msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 of screenshot."
+msgid ""
+"After taking your screenshot it will open up in the image viewer and to "
+"save it press :kbd:`Control + S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. If "
+"you did not get what you want in the screenshot you can take another with"
+" :menuselection:`File --> Capture Screenshot`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:15
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:19
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:20
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 of screenshot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:23
 msgid "How to Launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:16
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"To launch screenshot from the menu -> Grapics -> Screenshot or run "
+"To launch screenshot from the menu :menuselection:`Grapics --> "
-"lximage-qt -s from the command line. Pressing the printscreen key also "
+"Screenshot` or run .. code::"
-"brings up the screenshot dialog."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"from the command line. Pressing the printscreen key also brings up the "
+"screenshot dialog. The icon to launch screenshot looks like a camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Screenshot"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use screenshot the whole screen "
+#~ "takes a screenshot of your entire "
+#~ "screen, current window only takes only"
+#~ " the current window and capture an"
+#~ " area of the screen lets you "
+#~ "select an area interacetively. There is"
+#~ " also a delay for the screenshot "
+#~ "you can set like a timer for "
+#~ "a camera in the bottom right "
+#~ "corner of the screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch screenshot from the menu "
+#~ "-> Grapics -> Screenshot or run "
+#~ "lximage-qt -s from the command line."
+#~ " Pressing the printscreen key also "
+#~ "brings up the screenshot dialog."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite"
+msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4
@@ -41,26 +41,111 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"To preview what you want to scan press the preview button and you can "
+"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and"
-"make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can press "
+" you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can"
-"the scan button to scan the document after this a dialog will show up "
+" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a "
-"asking you were to save what you are scanning."
+"dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you"
+" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on "
+"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the"
+" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the "
+"file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the "
+":guilabel:`Save` button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no"
+" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices "
+"list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the"
+" :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for "
+":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi"
+" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The "
+"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or"
+" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would "
+"want to print it out again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely "
-"to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign."
+"to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To "
+"change your resolution change the scan resolution drop down and select "
+"the dots per inch you want to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` "
+"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric "
+"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input"
+" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting "
+"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` "
+"Checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a"
+" preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To "
+"clear selections that can be automatically selected but canceled with a "
+"brown smudge with an x on it. If you want to zoom to your selection right"
+" click :guilabel:`Zoom to selection`. If you want to zoom to fit the "
+"whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27
+msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:17
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your "
-"computer. To launch the application go to the menu -> graphics -> "
+"computer. To launch the application go to the menu "
-"skanlite or run skanlite from the command line."
+":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To preview what you want to scan"
+#~ " press the preview button and you "
+#~ "can make sure the scan is in "
+#~ "a good position. With this done "
+#~ "you can press the scan button to"
+#~ " scan the document after this a "
+#~ "dialog will show up asking you "
+#~ "were to save what you are "
+#~ "scanning."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To zoom in press the magnifying "
+#~ "glass button with a plus sign "
+#~ "conversely to move out press the "
+#~ "magnifying glass button with a minus "
+#~ "sign."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your "
+#~ "scanner and that it is connected "
+#~ "to your computer. To launch the "
+#~ "application go to the menu -> "
+#~ "graphics -> skanlite or run skanlite "
+#~ "from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,3 +23,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots"
+" and scanning pictures or documents."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -64,25 +64,82 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the "
-"file  or select it and click the Open button. If you want to extract or "
+":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a "
-"move a file from the archieve, use the extract button."
+"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted "
+"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for "
+"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> "
+"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or "
+":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve "
+":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press "
+":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an "
+"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you "
+"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't"
+" be undone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve"
+" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the "
+"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder"
+" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the "
+"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type "
+"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with "
+"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow"
+" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with"
+" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` "
+"which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a "
+"file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to "
+"select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and"
+" then left click on the files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open "
+"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> "
+"Open Recent --> Clear List`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:23
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30
 msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:27
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34
-msgid ""
+msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run"
-"To launch ARK go to the menu -> Accessories -> ARK or run ark on the "
-"command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a "
+"zipper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open a file in a archieve, "
+#~ "open the archieve, then double click "
+#~ "the file  or select it and click"
+#~ " the Open button. If you want "
+#~ "to extract or move a file from "
+#~ "the archieve, use the extract button."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch ARK go to the menu "
+#~ "-> Accessories -> ARK or run ark"
+#~ " on the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -66,12 +66,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:17
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to open a text file press the button that looks like a black "
-"and white folder or press control + o to open a file. To open a new file "
+"and white folder or press :kbd:`control + o` to open a file. To view your"
-"press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a plus sign. To "
+" recently modified files :menuselection:`File --> Recently modified`.  To"
-"save your file after typing in the main part of the window press the "
+" open a new file press the button that looks like a piece of paper with a"
-"button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save your file "
+" plus sign. To save your file after typing in the main part of the window"
-"after typing in the main part of the window press the button that looks "
+" press the button that looks like a floppy disk or press controlTo save "
-"like a floppy disk or press control +s."
+"your file after typing in the main part of the window press the button "
+"that looks like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control +s`. To reload a "
+"file if something else has changed that file in featherpad press the "
+"arrow that loops back on itself to reload the page, :kbd:`Control +Shift "
+"+ R`, or :menuselection:`File --> Reload`. If you have unsaved changes to"
+" a file in the tab bar an * will show if you have unsaved changes."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:19
@@ -79,35 +84,236 @@ msgid ""
 "To type things into your text file the main part of the window similar to"
 " a word porcessor. If you are programming with featherpad the file "
 "extension will probably automatically select the correct syntax "
-"highlighting."
+"highlighting. To view line numbers of the file press :kbd:`control +l` or"
+" :menuselection:`options --> line numbers`. To enable word wrap press "
+":kbd:`Control +W` or :menuselection:`options --> wrap lines`. To toggle "
+"document properties press :kbd:`Control + Shift +D` or "
+":menuselection:`File --> Document Properties`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "To open a new tab and empty text file press the button with a piece of "
-"paper with a plus symbol on it. If you wish to close a tab press the red "
+"paper with a plus symbol on it, or press :kbd:`Control + N`. If you wish "
-"x button."
+"to close a tab press the red x button. To switch between tabs click on "
+"the tab is not the close button. To switch to the next tab press "
+":kbd:`Alt + Right arrow` or :menuselection:`File --> Next tab`. To switch"
+" to the previous tab press :kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or "
+":menuselection:`File --> Previous Tab`. Another way to switch tabs it to "
+"left click on the tab in the tab bar. To close a tab press the "
+":guilabel:`X` button. To move a tab into a new window press :kbd:`Control"
+" + T` or :menuselection:`File --> Detach Tab`. To open a side pane that "
+"replaces the tab bar press :kbd:`Control +Alt +P` or :menuselection:`File"
+" --> Side Pane`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"If you make a mistake and want to undo it press :kbd:`control + z` or "
+"press the button that looks like a curved arrow pointing towards the "
+"left. To redo a change you have undone press the button with a curved "
+"arrow pointing towards the right or press :kbd:`Control +Shift +Z`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:25
-msgid "Screenshot"
+msgid ""
+"To select all text in the text file press :kbd:`Control +A` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`. To copy text from featherpad press "
+":kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To paste text press "
+":kbd:`Control+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To Cut text press "
+":kbd:`Control+X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Cut`. If you have text "
+"selected you can delete it by pressing :kbd:`Delete` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete`.  To paste  in the date and time press "
+":kbd:`Control + Shift +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Date and "
+"Time`. To go to the end of the current line in the editor press the "
+":guilabel:`End` key. To move to the start of the current line press the "
+":kbd:`Home` key."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:30
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:27
-msgid "Version"
+msgid ""
+"To search your text file press :kbd:`Control + f` or "
+":menuselection:`search --> find` from the menu. Then in the bar on the "
+"bottom search for the text you want. Press the down arrow to move to the "
+"next result and the up arrow to move for the previous result in the text "
+"file. To jump to a particular line in a file press :kbd:`control +j` or "
+":menuselection:`search --> jump to` or the button that looks like >>. "
+"Then in the bar at the bottom type in what line you want to jump to. To "
+"find and replace text press :kbd:`control +r` or :menuselection:`search "
+"--> Replace`. Type the text you want to Find in the find field and type "
+"what you want to put in with the Replace with field and then press enter "
+"to finish the finding and replacing through the whole file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"To change what font you want select :menuselection:`option --> font` to "
+"change your font sizes. To change each font on the on the font level. To "
+"change the size type the size you or select it from the :guilabel:`Size` "
+"drop down menu. To select a font size simply use a font style of italic "
+"or oblique. To add an underlined font check the :guilabel:`Underline` "
+"checkbox. To view a sample of your font :guilabel:`Sample` and will "
+"preview your text. The input a number of spaces equal to a tab press "
+":kbd:`Control +Tab`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To save a file with a different encoding use the :menuselection:`Options "
+"--> Encoding` submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To make the text all lowercase press :kbd:`Control + Shift +L` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> To Lowercase`. To make the text all uppercase "
+"press :kbd:`Control + Shift +U` or :menuselection:`Edit --> To "
+"Uppercase`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To print a text :menuselection:`file --> Print` or press :kbd:`control + "
+"p`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:41
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"To view the prefrences for featherpad press :kbd:`control +Shift +P` or "
+":menuselection:`Options --> Prefrences`. To have settings on the "
+"featherpad prefences is on the :guilabel:`Window` tabs. To remember the "
+"size of your window check the :guilabel:`Remember size on Closing` "
+"checkbox. To hide the toolbar you can press the :guilabel:`do not show "
+"toolbar` checkbox. To not show the menubar by default check the "
+":guilabel:`Do not show menubar` checkbox. The :guilabel:`Tab position` "
+"moves where the tab around on the screen. To hide the tabbar with only "
+"one tab check the :guilabel:`Do not show a single tab` checkbox. To have "
+"the window close after closing the last tab check the :guilabel:`Close "
+"window on closing its last tab`. The checkbox :guilabel:`Native file "
+"dialog` uses the systems file dialog to integrate with the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"To change prefrences on how text is displayed choose the :guilabel:`Text`"
+" Tab. To have featherpad remember what font you want press the "
+":guilabel:`Remember Font` checkbox. If you do not want featherpad to "
+"highlight syntax by default uncheck the :guilabel:`highlight syntax by "
+"default` checkbox. If you want to change the be able to change the syntax"
+" highlight check the checkbox for :guilabel:`Support Syntax override`. "
+"The checkbox for :guilabel:`Always show line numbers` always shows line "
+"numbers. To have a dark color scheme for featherpad check the "
+":guilabel:`Dark Color Scheme` checkbox. To change exactly how dark the "
+"value of this color is change the :guilabel:`Background color value`. "
+"After changing the dark theme settings you will need to restart "
+"featherpad. The field for :guilabel:`Text tab size` is how wide to make "
+"the tab character. The checkbox for :guilabel:`ensure an empty last line "
+"on saving` leaves a blank line whenever you save your document. The "
+"checkbox for :guilabel:`Remove trailiing spaces on Saving` removes "
+"whitespace at the end of lines that is not needed. The checkbox for "
+":guilabel:`Thick text Cursor` makes the text cursor wider so it much "
+"easier to see."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"To modify changes to your files from the prefrences dialog on "
+":guilabel:`Files` tab. The :guilabel:`Number of recent files` field lets "
+"you change how many files show in recent files. The set of radio buttons "
+"for either :guilabel:`Show recently modified files` or :guilabel:`Show "
+"recently opened files`. If you want to autosave files check the "
+":guilabel:`Save changes to files every` checkbox and then select the "
+"number of minutes you want. If you do not want to be able to open non "
+"text files in featherpad check the :guilabel:`Do not permit opening of "
+"non-text files` checkbox. If you want to repopen the files you had last "
+"time the next time you open featherpad check the :guilabel:`Start with "
+"files of last window`. If you want featherpad to run executable scripts "
+"check the :guilabel:`Run executable scripts` checkbox. If you want your "
+"executable commands to start with something such as an interpreter type "
+"the command in the :guilabel:`Start with this command` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"To view all keyboard shortcuts of featherpad switch to the "
+":guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what the "
+"shortcut does and the :guilabel:`Shortcut` column is the keyboard "
+"shortcut to change that shortcut. To change a shortcut double click on "
+"the shortcut column and press what you want the shortcut to become. If "
+"you changed a setting on a shortcut you can change it back to the default"
+" by pressing the :guilabel:`Default` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:53
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:54
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of featherpad."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:34
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:57
 msgid "How to Launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:35
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"In the menu go to :menuselection:`Acessories --> featherpad` or run .. "
+"code::"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.2/Featherpad.rst:63
 msgid ""
-"In the menu go to Acessories -> featherpad or run featherpad from the "
+"from the command line. The icon for Featherpad looks like a pad of paper "
-"command line."
+"with a feather on it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you wish to open a text "
+#~ "file press the button that looks "
+#~ "like a black and white folder or"
+#~ " press control + o to open a"
+#~ " file. To open a new file press"
+#~ " the button that looks like a "
+#~ "piece of paper with a plus sign."
+#~ " To save your file after typing "
+#~ "in the main part of the window "
+#~ "press the button that looks like a"
+#~ " floppy disk or press controlTo save"
+#~ " your file after typing in the "
+#~ "main part of the window press the"
+#~ " button that looks like a floppy "
+#~ "disk or press control +s."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To type things into your text file"
+#~ " the main part of the window "
+#~ "similar to a word porcessor. If "
+#~ "you are programming with featherpad the"
+#~ " file extension will probably automatically"
+#~ " select the correct syntax highlighting."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open a new tab and empty "
+#~ "text file press the button with a"
+#~ " piece of paper with a plus "
+#~ "symbol on it. If you wish to "
+#~ "close a tab press the red x "
+#~ "button."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Screenshot"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the menu go to Acessories ->"
+#~ " featherpad or run featherpad from "
+#~ "the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -59,26 +59,205 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "To do simple arithmetic click the numbers and then press the sign for "
 "addition, multiplication, subtraction,  or division. You can also type in"
-" the numbers and press + for addition, - for subtraction, * for "
+" the numbers and press :guilabel:`+` for addition, :guilabel:`-` for "
-"multiplication and / for division. To view the answer press the button "
+"subtraction, :guilabel:`x` for multiplication and :guilabel:`/` for "
-"that is an =."
+"division. To view the answer press the button that is an :guilabel:`=`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:19
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To make a number negative press the button that looks like a "
+":guilabel:`+/-`. To insert decimals press the decimal point button which "
+"looks like a :guilabel:`.` when you get to the part which is less than a "
+"whole number. To clear input from Kcalc Press the button with a "
+":guilabel:`C` on it. To group operations so they happen together use the "
+"parenthesis to make things grouped to gether for example 2*(2+3) would "
+"give the result of 10 because it would add 2 and 3 and then multiply by "
+"two."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To copy and answer out of Kcalc press :kbd:`control + c` or "
+":menuselection:`edit --> copy` from the menu. To paste a number into "
+"Kcalc you can press :kbd:`control + v` or :menuselection:`edit --> paste`"
+" from the menu. To cut the text from Kcalc press :kbd:`control +x` or "
+":menuselection:`edit --> cut` from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To undo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
+"Undo`. To redo an operation press :kbd:`Control+Shift+Z` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:27
+msgid "Scientific calculator mode advanced fuctionality"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"If you want even more functionality of Kcalc there is also scientific "
+"mode which is acessed from :menuselection:`settings --> scientific mode` "
+"radio button. The button :guilabel:`1/x` takes takes 1 and divides it by "
+"the number currently on the calculator also known as taking the "
+"reciprocal. :guilabel:`x!` read x factorial will take the number X you "
+"entered and multiple each number going down to 1 for example 5! would "
+"multiply 5*4*3*2*1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"The x squared button will take a x*x and multiply it by itself. The "
+"button with x and a superscript y will take x the number you have in will"
+" exponeniate x to the power of y. The x 10 with a supercript y will end "
+"up multiplying x by 10 to the power of y so for example to multiply 5 by "
+"10 to the power of 3 entering in will give the answer of 5,000. If you "
+"want your own custom constant buttons check the checkbox for "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Constants Button`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To change the unit that angles are measured in for triginometric units in"
+" Kcalc. Degrees take 360 to form a full circle while, 2Π radians form a "
+"full circle and 400 gradians form a full circle. The radio button for Deg"
+" is to select Degrees as the unit for angles, Rad selects "
+":guilabel:`radian` as the unit of measurment of angles and "
+":guilabel:`Grad` selects Gradians as the unit of measurement for angles. "
+"The :guilabel:`Sin` button takes what you have as the input and takes the"
+" trigonometric sine function of that value measured in the unit for "
+"angles you have selected. The :guilabel:`cos` button takes the cosine of "
+"the vlaue in the unit of angle you have selected. The :guilabel:`tan` "
+"button takes the tangent of the angle in the current units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To have a log with the base of 10 type the number you want to take the "
+"log of then press the :guilabel:`Log` button. To take a log based off e "
+"type the number you want to take the logarythm of then press the "
+":guilabel:`Ln` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"The Scientific mode also brings in a menu for many different "
+"predetermined comments under the :menuselection:`Constants`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"To store a value in memory press the :guilabel:`M+` Button. To retirve a "
+"value from memory press the :guilabel:`MR` button. To clear a value from "
+"memory press the :guilabel:`MC` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:44
+msgid "Numerical System mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"The numerical system mode lets you change your numerical base instead of "
+"say the default base 10. To switch to a binary calculations click the "
+":guilabel:`Bin` radio button. To switch the Octal or base 8 format click "
+"the :guilabel:`Oct` radio button. To switch to a hexadecimal format or "
+"base 16 format click the :guilabel:`Hexadecimal` radio button. For "
+"numbers greater than 10 for hexidecimal press the A-F buttons. When you "
+"are in number that are not part of a numerical base the button will get "
+"grayed out. To switch back to decimal or base 10 press the "
+":guilabel:`Dec` radio button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:48
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"To open configruation for kcalc press :kbd:`Control+Shift+ +` or "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Kcalc`. To change the maximum "
+"number of digits change the :guilabel:`Maximum number of digits` field. "
+"If you want to show the result in the window title check the "
+":guilabel:`Show result in window title` checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings to change settings with your fonts."
+" To choose the font for your buttons on your calculator :guilabel:`Button"
+" font` and press the :guilabel:`Choose` button to the font for the "
+"buttons on your calculator. To change the font for the diplay of the "
+"calculator. :guilabel:`Display font` will change how the and the "
+":guilabel:`Choose` button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Colors` tab has the colors of your user interface. To "
+"change your foreground color will change how the display or the number in"
+" the interface is the color next to :guilabel:`Foreground` color area to "
+"select. To change the background color of your display choose a different"
+" color on :guilabel:`background` button. To change the background color "
+"of the function buttons press the button next to :guilabel:`Functions`. "
+"To a change the color of the function button press button next to "
+":guilabel:`Statisical functions`. To change the background color for "
+"hexidecimal functions :guilabel:`Hexadecimals`. To change the backgrounds"
+" of the numbers buttons press the button next to  :guilabel:`Numbers`. To"
+" change the background of the memory keys press the button next to "
+":guilabel:`memory`. To change the background of operations press the "
+"button next to :guilabel:`Operations`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:55
+msgid ""
+"To change your settings for :guilabel:`constants` of to get contsants "
+"constants stored is in the constants tab. To input a constant you have in"
+" the field to the left is the name of the constant on the field to the "
+"left. The filed in the center is where you put the value of the constant."
+" To select from predefined constants press on the :guilabel:`Predefined` "
+"to bring up a menu of predefined constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:58
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:20
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:59
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of Kcalc."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:23
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:62
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:24
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:63
+msgid "To launch kcalc go to :menuselection:`accessories --> Kcalc` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.3/Kcalc.rst:69
 msgid ""
-"To launch kcalc go to accessories -> Kcalc or run kcalc from the command "
+"from the command line. The icon for kcalc looks like a box with a + sign "
-"line."
+"a - sign a multipliucation sign and an equals sign."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To do simple arithmetic click the "
+#~ "numbers and then press the sign "
+#~ "for addition, multiplication, subtraction,  or"
+#~ " division. You can also type in "
+#~ "the numbers and press + for "
+#~ "addition, - for subtraction, * for "
+#~ "multiplication and / for division. To"
+#~ " view the answer press the button "
+#~ "that is an =."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch kcalc go to accessories "
+#~ "-> Kcalc or run kcalc from the "
+#~ "command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -63,64 +63,390 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "Along the top to create a new tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use the button "
-"with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press control +t. The "
+"with a file and a plus on it to open a new tab or press :kbd:`control "
-"left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right pointing "
+"+t`. The left pointing arrow button is a back button while the right "
-"arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have moved in "
+"pointing arrow button moves you forward in the directories that you have "
-"the file manager. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up "
+"moved in the file manager. Another way to go back and forward is "
-"one level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory."
+":kbd:`Alt + Left arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> Go Back` and another "
+"way to go forward is :kbd:`Alt + Right Arrow` or :menuselection:`Go --> "
+"Go Forward`. The button for the arrow pointing upward is to go up one "
+"level in the directory tree to the so called parent directory. To rename "
+"your files right click on the file and click rename or press :kbd:`f2`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:18
 msgid ""
+"To close a tab click on the red x button on the tab bar. To close a tab "
+"using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control +W` or from the menu "
+":menuselection:`File --> Close Tab`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To create a new empty text file press :kbd:`Control + Alt +N` or "
+":menuselection:`File --> Create New --> Blank File` and type in the name "
+"of the file you want. To create a new folder or directory press "
+":menuselection:`File --> Create New Folder` or press :kbd:`Control+ Shift"
+" +N` and input the new folder name. To delete your files from pcmanfm-qt "
+"will first put them in the trash so they are not gone forever. To move a "
+"file into the trash right click that file move to trash or press "
+":kbd:`Delete`. To get a file out of the trash in places trash to get to "
+"your trash or :menuselection:`Go --> Trash`. To bring a file back from "
+"the trash right click :menuselection:`restore`. To permanently delete all"
+" files from the trash can right click on the places empty trash. To go "
+"back to your home folder press :kbd:`Alt +Home` or :menuselection:`Go -->"
+" Home`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To view a directory tree on your side pane select "
+":menuselection:`directory tree` from the menu above the side pane. To "
+"expand into a folder press the :guilabel:`+` to expand the files and the "
+":guilabel:`-` button to collapse the folder. To switch to a folder left "
+"click on the folder name. To have open a directory in a new tab right "
+"click on it and select :menuselection:`Open in new tab`. Top open a "
+"folder from the directory tree in a terminal :menuselection:`Open in "
+"terminal`. To switch to back to places from the menu above the side pane "
+"select :menuselection:`Places`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:26
+msgid ""
 "If you single click on a file you will select it. If you double click on "
 "it you will open it in the  default program to open that file. If you "
 "right click on a file you can select  which program to open a file with "
 "if you have multiple programs to open it. If you want to selct multiple "
-"files you can hold down control and select the files. To copy files "
+"files you can hold down :kbd:`control+ Left click` to select each file. "
-"select the file right click copy or press control +c. To cut files select"
+"To copy files select the file right click copy or press :kbd:`control "
-" them right click cut and or press control + x. After copying or cutting "
+"+c`. To cut files select them right click cut and or press :kbd:`control "
-"a file you can paste them with right click paste or press control +v."
+"+ x`. After copying or cutting a file you can paste them with right click"
+" paste or press :kbd:`control +v`. To select all files in a directory is "
+"to press :kbd:`Control+ A` or right click Select All for all of the "
+"files. To select multiple files with the mouse you can hold down "
+":kbd:`Control` and left click to select all of the files. To bulk rename "
+"multiple files first select all the files you want to rename then "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Bulk Rename`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:20
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the go menu -> Connect "
+"To connect to a remote server such as a NAS go to the :menuselection:`go "
-"to server and authenticate to your remote storage. If you want to plug in"
+"-->  Connect to server` and authenticate to your remote storage. If you "
-" removeable storage you can open the storage on the left with devices.  "
+"want to plug in removeable storage you can open the storage on the left "
-"This also happens other internal filesystems on your computer. To eject "
+"sidebar with devices.  This same applies to other internal filesystems on"
-"removeable media press the button on the left with a circled up arrow to "
+" your computer. To eject removeable media press the button on the left "
-"eject."
+"with a circled up arrow to eject.  On the side pane you can right click "
+"to open a place in a new tab by right clicking :menuselection:`Open in "
+"new tab` for places and mounted drives."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:25
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:30
-msgid "Screenshots"
+msgid ""
+"To see hidden files press :kbd:`control +h`, right click show hidden, or "
+"go to:menuselection:`view --> show hidden`. Press the same thing again to"
+" hide hidden files again. To open a terminal in your current folder press"
+" :kbd:`f4`  or :menuselection:`Tool --> Open terminal` from the menu. To "
+"view the properties of a file or folder right click on it and select "
+"properties from the menu, :menuselection:`File --> File Properties` or "
+"press :kbd:`Alt +Enter`. To view a dialog that shows folder properties "
+":menuselection:`File --> Folder Propertires`. General will show you the "
+"size of the file where the file is and when it was last modified or "
+"accessed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:28
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"To search for files press :kbd:`f3` or :menuselection:`Tool --> search` "
+"for files. To type part of name in the part where it says :guilabel:`File"
+" Name Patterns`. To make your search case insensitive check the "
+":guilabel:`Case insensitive`. To toggle searching with regular "
+"expressions check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Use regular expression` "
+"checkbox. To add locations and places to search press the :guilabel:`Add`"
+" button and select the additional places to search. To remove an "
+"additional place to search press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To toggle"
+" searching in Subdirectories check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Search in "
+"subdirectories`. To toggle searching for hidden files check/uncheck the "
+":guilabel:`Search for hidden files`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`permissions` tab will show you who owns the file which if "
+"you can't change it will be grayed out and who has permisson to read "
+"modify and execute the file. To change permision of files the "
+":guilabel:`Owner`, :guilabel:`Group`, or :guilabel:`Other` drop down menu"
+" will allow you to choose whether you can read, read and write, or "
+"forbidden. To make something executeable such as a script you wrote check"
+" the :guilabel:`Make the file executable`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"Pcmanfm-qt can actually launch other applications in places Applications "
+"or :menuselection:`Go --> Applications` and then gets all the tasks in "
+"the menu in lxqt-panel. To view what files are on your desktop "
+":menuselection:`Go --> Desktop` or on the places sidebar press the "
+"desktop item on the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"To add a bookmark :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Add to  Bookmarks`  and "
+"it will make a bookmark. To later access this bookmark it will be on the "
+"left hand side under :guilabel:`bookmarks` and under the bookmarks menu. "
+"To bring up a dialog to edit bookmarks :menuselection:`Bookmarks --> Edit"
+" bookmarks`. To Remove a bookmark from the edit bookmarks dialog press "
+"the :guilabel:`Remove Item` button. You can also add a bookmark from here"
+" with the :guilabel:`Add item` button. To cancel your changes press the "
+":guilabel:`Cancel` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"If you want to run an executeable script from pcmanfm double click and "
+"then click :guilabel:`execute` on the execute file dialog window. If you "
+"wish to edit the script you can press the :guilabel:`open` button. To "
+"cancel and not do anything press the :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Pcmanfm-Qt has different view modes which can be changed in the view "
+"menu. To select a view that has bigger thumbnails to view pictures before"
+" deciding to open them :menuselection:`View --> View --> Thumbnail View`."
+" If you want to view lists of move data about something like the file "
+"size the time it is modified select detailed list view by "
+":menuselection:`View --> View --> Detailed list view`. If you really want"
+" to have see as many files in a small area use the compact view or "
+":menuselection:`View --> View --> Compact View`. To return to the "
+"original view of pcmanfm-qt is to :menuselection:`View --> View --> Icon "
+"View`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"To reverse the order that pcmanfm-Qt sorts files :menuselection:`View -->"
+" Sorting --> Descending` or conversly to switch back :menuselection:`View"
+" --> Sorting -->Ascending.` To sort by file name :menuselection:`View -->"
+" Sorting --> By file name`. To sort by modification :menuselection:`View "
+"--> Sorting --> By modification time`. To sort by file size "
+":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file size`. To sort by file type "
+":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By file type`. To sort by owner "
+":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> By Owner`. To seperate all folders "
+"first in sorting check the checkbox in :menuselection:`View --> Sorting "
+"--> Folder First`. To sort with case sensitive check the checkbox in "
+":menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> Case sensitive`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"To change your path bar to buttons :menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> "
+"Location` and to get back to a pathbar you can type into "
+":menuselection:`View --> Pathbar --> Path Buttons`. To toggle showing the"
+" menubar :kbd:`Control +M` or :menuselection:`View --> Toolbars --> "
+"Menubar` and uncheck the checkbox.  To get the menubar back press "
+":kbd:`Control +M` again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"pcmanfm-qt has options when right clicking has special options for "
+"dealing with archieves such as tar or zip files. To extract the files in "
+"the current directory right click and select extract here. You can also "
+"extract to another location with right clicking and selecting extract to "
+"and a dialog will pop up showing to where to extract the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:54
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:59
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"To open a dialog for prefrences of pcmanfm-qt :menuselection:`Edit --> "
+"Prefrences`. The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab has settings for the way "
+"pcmanfm-qt manages files. The checkbox :guilabel:`Open files with single "
+"click` opens files by clicking on them once and you select the files by "
+"mousing over them. The :guilabel:`Bookmarks` drop down menu has options "
+"to either open bookmarks in the current tab, open bookmarks in a new tab,"
+" or open bookmarks in a new window. The :guilabel:`Confirm before "
+"deleting files` checkbox makes a confirm dialog before deleting files. "
+"The checkbox :guilabel:`Move deleted files to \"Trash bin instead of "
+"erasing from disk` puts files in the trash bin instead of always deleting"
+" them. The :guilabel:`Erase files on removable media instead of \"trash "
+"can\" creation` Erases files on removable media isntead of creating a "
+"trash can on the removable media. The checkbox :guilabel:`Confirm before "
+"moving files into \"trash can\"` brings a confirmation dialog before "
+"moving files to the trash can. The checkbox :guilabel:`Launch executable "
+"files without prompt` will run executable files without bringing up a "
+"prompt asking what to do with the file. To select new files automatically"
+" check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Select newly created files` checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"The tab :guilabel:`Display` tab allows you to change icon sizes and "
+"changes size prefexes hide backup files and settings for margins. The "
+":guilabel:`Size of big icons` changes the size of big icons in pcmanfm-"
+"qt. The :guilabel:`Size of small icons` Changes the size of small icons "
+"for pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of thumbnails` changes the size of "
+"thumbnails in pcmanfm-qt. The :guilabel:`Size of side pane icons` changes"
+" the size of side pane icons. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use SI decimal "
+"prefixes instead of IEC binary prefixes` treats kilobytes, megabytes, and"
+" gigabytes as base 1000 instead of 1024. To toggle showing backup files "
+"as hidden check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Treat backup files as hidden` "
+"checkbox. To change the minimum margins in icon view for number of pisels"
+" change the numbers in :guilabel:`Minimum item margins in icon view`. To "
+"toggle locking the marings in places check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Lock` "
+"checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"The tab :guilabel:`User Interface` changes how pcmanfm-qt appears in "
+"windows. To toggle always showing the tabbar even when you have only one "
+"tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Always show the tab bar` checkbox. The "
+"checkbox :guilabel:`Fullwidth tab bar` makes the tab bar take the full "
+"width of the window including over the side pane. To toggle showing the x"
+" on each tab to close each tab check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show 'Close' "
+"buttons on tabs` checkbox. To have pcmanfm-qt open the window in the same"
+" size as the last time you closed the window by checking/unchecking the "
+":guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` checkbox. If you "
+"have the :guilabel:`Remember the size of the last closed window` you can "
+"change the :guilabel:`Default width of new Window` filed or "
+":guilabel:`Default height of new windows` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"The tab :guilabel:`Thumbnail` tab has settings for thumbnails on files in"
+" pcmanfm-qt. To enable/disable thumbnails check/uncheck the "
+":guilabel:`Show thumbnails of files` checkbox. If you want to only have "
+"thumbnails for local files not on another machine check  :guilabel:`Only "
+"show thumbnails for local files` checkbox. Unchecking the previous "
+"checkbox will result in a slower performance to get the thumbnails for "
+"the files. To put an upper limit on the file size for generating "
+"thumbnails which makes thumbnails change the :guilabel:`Do not generate "
+"thumbnails for image files execeeding the size` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"The tab :guilabel:`Volume` manages flash drives other partions on "
+"external disks and other external meida. The :guilabel:`Auto Mount` "
+"section is settings for atuomatically mounting removable media. The "
+":guilabel:`Mount mountable volumens automatically on program startup` "
+"mounts removable media when you start pcmanfm-qt. To automount removeable"
+" media when you insert them into your computer check the :guilabel:`Mount"
+" removeable media automatically when they are inserted`. To show a menu "
+"for removeable media when inserted check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show "
+"available options for removable media when they are inserted`. To choose "
+"when you unmount a a removable volum you can choose to :guilabel:`Close "
+"tab containing removeable medium` or :guilabel:`Change folder in the tab "
+"to home folder`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:74
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:29
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:75
 msgid "Lubuntu currently ships with 0.13.0 of pcmfanfm-qt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:32
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:78
 msgid "How to Launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:33
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:79
-msgid ""
+msgid "To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute"
-"To open PCManFM in your current directory (in terminal), execute "
-"`pcmanfm-qt`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:35
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:85
-msgid "Feel free to append [sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root."
+msgid "Feel free to append [lxqt-sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:37
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.4/pcmanfm-qt.rst:87
 msgid ""
-"You can also go to the Applications Menu > Accessories > PCManFM-Qt File "
+"You can also go to the Applications menu  :menuselection:`Accessories -->"
-"Manager."
+" PCManFM-Qt File Manager`. There also is a keyboard shortcut for "
+"launching pcmanfm-qt of :kbd:`Super + E`. The icon for pcmanfm-qt looks "
+"like a file cabinet drawer with files in it at the top."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Along the top to create a new "
+#~ "tab in pcmanfm-qt you can use "
+#~ "the button with a file and a "
+#~ "plus on it to open a new tab"
+#~ " or press control +t. The left "
+#~ "pointing arrow button is a back "
+#~ "button while the right pointing arrow"
+#~ " button moves you forward in the "
+#~ "directories that you have moved in "
+#~ "the file manager. The button for "
+#~ "the arrow pointing upward is to go"
+#~ " up one level in the directory "
+#~ "tree to the so called parent "
+#~ "directory."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you single click on a file "
+#~ "you will select it. If you double"
+#~ " click on it you will open it"
+#~ " in the  default program to open "
+#~ "that file. If you right click on"
+#~ " a file you can select  which "
+#~ "program to open a file with if "
+#~ "you have multiple programs to open "
+#~ "it. If you want to selct multiple"
+#~ " files you can hold down control "
+#~ "and select the files. To copy "
+#~ "files select the file right click "
+#~ "copy or press control +c. To cut"
+#~ " files select them right click cut"
+#~ " and or press control + x. "
+#~ "After copying or cutting a file "
+#~ "you can paste them with right "
+#~ "click paste or press control +v."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To connect to a remote server such"
+#~ " as a NAS go to the go "
+#~ "menu -> Connect to server and "
+#~ "authenticate to your remote storage. If"
+#~ " you want to plug in removeable "
+#~ "storage you can open the storage "
+#~ "on the left with devices.  This "
+#~ "also happens other internal filesystems "
+#~ "on your computer. To eject removeable"
+#~ " media press the button on the "
+#~ "left with a circled up arrow to"
+#~ " eject."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Screenshots"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open PCManFM in your current "
+#~ "directory (in terminal), execute `pcmanfm-"
+#~ "qt`."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Feel free to append [sudo] to run PCManFM-Qt as root."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can also go to the "
+#~ "Applications Menu > Accessories > "
+#~ "PCManFM-Qt File Manager."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -34,29 +34,68 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:9
 msgid ""
 "To use qlipper it is autostarted in the panel and click on the system "
-"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press Control+Alt+v. If "
+"tray icon that looks like a clipboard or you can press "
-"you really want an item to always show up right click on the clipboard "
+":kbd:`Control+Alt+v`. If you really want an item to always show up right "
-"and press the configure wrench icon click on the sticky items divider and"
+"click on the clipboard and press the configure gear icon click on the "
-" press the add button and add what you want always to be listed in "
+"sticky items divider and press the add button and add what you want "
-"qlipper."
+"always to be listed in qlipper. To change how many items get displayed in"
+" qlipper in total right click on qlipper and configure with the gear icon"
+" and change clipboard entries count to your desired number of entries. To"
+" change how many characters show up on qlipper from the same "
+"configuration screen change maximum display size. If you want to clear "
+"your clipboard history right click on the tray icon and "
+":menuselection:`clear clipboard history`. To change the tray icon image "
+"to something custom click on the tray icon right click on the tray icon "
+":menuselection:`Configure` and then press the button next to "
+":guilabel:`Tray icon image` which has an option to load a custom tray "
+"icon."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:12
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:18
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:13
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:19
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.1.1 of Qlipper."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:16
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:22
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:17
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.5/Qlipper.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"By default qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of "
+"By default Qlipper should autostart and should be on the bottom right of "
-"your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu ->"
+"your panel. If you need to get it running and it is not go to the menu "
-" Accessories -> Qlipper. To launch it from the command line run qlipper."
+":menuselection:`Accessories --> Qlipper`. To launch it from the command "
+"line run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use qlipper it is autostarted "
+#~ "in the panel and click on the "
+#~ "system tray icon that looks like a"
+#~ " clipboard or you can press "
+#~ "Control+Alt+v. If you really want an "
+#~ "item to always show up right click"
+#~ " on the clipboard and press the "
+#~ "configure wrench icon click on the "
+#~ "sticky items divider and press the "
+#~ "add button and add what you want"
+#~ " always to be listed in qlipper."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default qlipper should autostart and"
+#~ " should be on the bottom right "
+#~ "of your panel. If you need to "
+#~ "get it running and it is not "
+#~ "go to the menu -> Accessories ->"
+#~ " Qlipper. To launch it from the "
+#~ "command line run qlipper."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -36,12 +36,89 @@ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.8 of noblenote."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:11
-msgid "How to launch"
+msgid "Useage"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"To launch noblenote go to the menu -> Acessories -> noblenote or run "
+"To start a new note right click on the right hand column new note or "
-"noblenote on the commandline."
+":menuselection:`Edit --> New Note`. Then enter a title for this note. To "
+"open a note double click on that note from the right hand column which "
+"will open a new window with your note in it. To input text in the note "
+"type in the main body of this window after clicking on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to delete a notebook right click on a notebook and delete "
+"notebook, or with the notebook highlighted press :kbd:`Control + D`, or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Delete notebook`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"To delete a note click on the note and press the button with a page X on "
+"it, press :kbd:`Control + Shift + D` or edit :menuselection:`Edit --> "
+"Delete note`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"If you make a mistake tpying and want to undo your changes press "
+":kbd:`Control + z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. If you wish to "
+"paste text into noblenote press :kbd:`Control + v` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from your note press "
+":kbd:`Control+C` or right click and select :menuselection:`Copy`. To "
+"select all text in a note press :kbd:`Control +A`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To change prefrences of noblenote press :kbd:`Control +P` or "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure`. To keep noblenote in your system"
+" tray after you close noblenote check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Close to "
+"tray` checkbox. If you want to change the font for editing notes change "
+"the :guilabel:`Note Editor default font` underneath has the font and font"
+" size. If you want to toggle showing notes in HTML format check/uncheck "
+"the :guilabel:`Convert notes to the HTML format`. If you want to toggle "
+"the menu entry to show source check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show \"Show "
+"source menu entry`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To toggle showing the toolbar press :kbd:`Control +Shift +T` or "
+":menuselection:`View --> Show toolbar`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To bring back up your note noblenote will leave a notebook icon in the "
+"system tray on the lower right hand corner of the panel by default which "
+"can bring back up the noblenote window."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:27
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:33
+msgid "How to launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"To launch noblenote go to the menu :menuselection:`Acessories --> "
+"noblenote` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.7/noblenote.rst:40
+msgid "on the commandline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch noblenote go to the menu"
+#~ " -> Acessories -> noblenote or run"
+#~ " noblenote on the commandline."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -34,21 +34,53 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows keys to combine blocks with the same "
-"number on them."
+"number on them without having no possible moves at which point the game "
+"is over. As you combine numbers your score increases by the sum of the "
+"new block(s) you make and is shown towards the upper right hand corner of"
+" the window. Your :guilabel:`high score` is the best you have done at "
+"this game and is also shown towards the upper right hand corner. To the "
+"left of you high score is your :guilabel:`score` with the number of your "
+"current score."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:11
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If midway you want to restart to a new game press the :guilabel:`New "
+"Game` button on the right hand side or :menuselection:`File --> New "
+"Game`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:13
 msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:15
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:17
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:16
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:18
 msgid ""
 "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of 2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- "
-"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu -> games -> 2048-qt or run 2048-qt from "
+"To launch 2048-qt go to the menu :menuselection:`games -> 2048-qt` or run"
-"the commanmd-line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.8/2048-qt.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"from the commanmd-line. The icon looks like a green square with 2048 in "
+"white text."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To play 2048-qt you use the arrows"
+#~ " keys to combine blocks with the "
+#~ "same number on them."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Lubuntu ships with version 0.1.6 of "
+#~ "2048-Qt. How to launch ------------- To"
+#~ " launch 2048-qt go to the menu "
+#~ "-> games -> 2048-qt or run 2048-qt"
+#~ " from the commanmd-line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/Accessories.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,3 +23,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 2.4 Accessories"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/Accessories.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapter documents accessories on your system and the one game "
+"2048-qt."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -36,12 +36,26 @@ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 18.04.3 of K3b."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:11
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:15
 msgid "How to Launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"To launch K3b from the menu -> sound and video -> K3b or run K3b from the"
+"To launch K3b from the menu :menuselection:`sound and video --> K3b` or "
-" command line."
+"run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.1/K3b.rst:22
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch K3b from the menu -> "
+#~ "sound and video -> K3b or run "
+#~ "K3b from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -33,49 +33,117 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"The playback tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the ability to "
+"The :guilabel:`playback` tab of pulseaudio volume control gives you the "
-"the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of each "
+"ability to the control the output device, mute, or change the volume of "
-"application. To change the Volume of each application on the playback "
+"each application. To change the Volume of each application on the "
-"slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for less "
+"playback slide the slider to the right for more volume or to the left for"
-"volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and if it "
+" less volume. The button with an X over the speaker is a mute button and "
-"is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make any "
+"if it is a darker gray that application is currently muted and can't make"
-"sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output "
+" any sound. The drop down menu has next to the word on shows the output "
-"source."
+"source. This program also in software allows you to go over 100 percent "
+"if it is too quiet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:10
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"The output devices tab shows different output for different sounds. To "
+"The :guilabel:`output devices` tab shows different output for different "
-"mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button that looks "
+"sounds. To mute one output such as a set of speakers presss the button "
-"like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an output slide"
+"that looks like a speaker with an X on it. To increase the volume of an "
-" the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the volume for each"
+"output slide the slider for that output to the right. To decrease the "
-" output slide the slider to the left."
+"volume for each output slide the slider to the left. To view more "
+"advanced options check the :guilabel:`Show advanced options` will show "
+"advanced options. The advanced option for :guilabel:`Latency offset` will"
+" be shown for for how long to shift offset for latency for say a badly "
+"synced video. To the right of the mute button there is a button where you"
+" can change the balance between the left and right speakers by sliding "
+"the sliders just like for volume."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"To mute your microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a"
+"The :guilabel:`input devices` tab manager your sound inputs. To mute your"
-" speaker. To adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to "
+" microphone in pulseaudio toggle the button that looks like a speaker. To"
-"increase volume or to the left to decrease volume."
+" adjust input volume slide the slider to the right to increase volume or "
+"to the left to decrease volume. To select which input such as line in or "
+"microphone for your device is in a drop down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20
+msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` tab has different sound profiles."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:15
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:23
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:16
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:24
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 Pulse Audio Volume Control."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:19
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:27
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:20
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:28
 msgid ""
-"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu -> Sound and video -> "
+"To launch pulse audio volume Control from the menu :menuselection:`Sound "
-"Pulse Audio Volume control or run pavucontrol-qt from the command line. "
+"and video --> Pulse Audio Volume control` or run"
-"Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control is to click on the "
-"volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.2/pulseaudio_volume_control.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"from the command line. Another way to launch Pulse audoio volume control "
+"is to click on the volume applet in the panel and click the mixer button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The playback tab of pulseaudio volume"
+#~ " control gives you the ability to "
+#~ "the control the output device, mute, "
+#~ "or change the volume of each "
+#~ "application. To change the Volume of "
+#~ "each application on the playback slide"
+#~ " the slider to the right for "
+#~ "more volume or to the left for "
+#~ "less volume. The button with an X"
+#~ " over the speaker is a mute "
+#~ "button and if it is a darker "
+#~ "gray that application is currently muted"
+#~ " and can't make any sound. The "
+#~ "drop down menu has next to the "
+#~ "word on shows the output source."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The output devices tab shows different"
+#~ " output for different sounds. To mute"
+#~ " one output such as a set of"
+#~ " speakers presss the button that "
+#~ "looks like a speaker with an X "
+#~ "on it. To increase the volume of"
+#~ " an output slide the slider for "
+#~ "that output to the right. To "
+#~ "decrease the volume for each output "
+#~ "slide the slider to the left."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To mute your microphone in pulseaudio"
+#~ " toggle the button that looks like"
+#~ " a speaker. To adjust input volume"
+#~ " slide the slider to the right "
+#~ "to increase volume or to the left"
+#~ " to decrease volume."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch pulse audio volume Control "
+#~ "from the menu -> Sound and video"
+#~ " -> Pulse Audio Volume control or "
+#~ "run pavucontrol-qt from the command "
+#~ "line. Another way to launch Pulse "
+#~ "audoio volume control is to click "
+#~ "on the volume applet in the panel"
+#~ " and click the mixer button."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -35,40 +35,197 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"To open media stored locally on your system click media open file and "
+"To open media stored locally on your system click media open "
-"navigate your local files or press control +o on the keyboard to open "
+":menuselection:`media --> Open file` and navigate your local files or "
-"files stored locally on your machine. If you wish to open media from "
+"press :kbd:`control +o` on the keyboard to open files stored locally on "
-"somewhere on the internet on media press open network stream or press "
+"your machine. If you wish to open media from somewhere on the internet on"
-"control n. To pause playback of a file press the button that look like "
+" :menuselection:`media --> open network stream` or press :kbd\"`control +"
-"two verical lines. To resume playback press the right playback button. To"
+" n`. To open a whole directory use :menuselection:`media --> Open "
-" toggle fullscreen press the button which has the four corners of the "
+"Directory` or press :kbd:`control +F`. VLC also keeps track of recently "
-"screen to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back into "
+"opened media in case you want to view media again in "
-"windowed mode."
+":menuselection:`Media --> Open Recent Media --> file name`. If you have "
+"copied a path in your clipboard or something you can press :kbd:`Control "
+"+V`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:10
 msgid ""
+"To pause playback of a file press the button that look like two verical "
+"lines or :menuselection:`Playback --> Pause`. To resume playback press "
+"the right playback button. To toggle fullscreen press the button which "
+"has the four corners of the screen or :menuselection:`Video --> "
+"Fullscreen` to make it fullscreen and the four screens to have it back "
+"into windowed mode. To have vlc always on top :menuselection:`View --> "
+"Always on top`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:12
+msgid ""
 "On the bottom right of vlc there is a bar that gets wider for volume. "
-"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc. Or hover the "
+"Click farther to the right to increase volume within vlc or press "
-"cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to control volume. The button"
+":kbd:`Up arrow` to increase volume or :kbd:`Down arrow` to decrease "
-" that looks like a speaker next to this toggles mute in vlc."
+"volume. Or hover the cursor over this bar and use the mousewheel to "
+"control volume. The button that looks like a speaker next to this toggles"
+" mute in vlc. Another way to mute the volume is to :menuselection:`Audio "
+"--> Mute`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To make the same sound come out of both speakers go to "
+":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo mode --> Mono`. The sound to make a "
+"different left and right channel on each speaker will be "
+":menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Stereo`. To make all sound come"
+" from the left channel :menuselection:`Audio --> Stereo Mode --> Left` "
+"and likewise for Right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"To see how long you have been watching the current piece of media counts "
+"up above the play pause button in a time. At the other side a number will"
+" show the length of the media you are playing and inbetween is a slider "
+"with the current time. Moving the slider to the left will rewind playback"
+" while moving it to the left will fast forward playback. When you "
+"mouseover the progress for playback it will show the time at that point "
+"and that will jump to that time when you left click. Another way to jump "
+"to a specific time is to press :kbd:`control +T` or "
+":menuselection:`Playback --> Jump to specific time`. To move back 10 "
+"seconds in playback press :kbd:`Left arrow`. To jump forward 10 seconds "
+"in playback press :kbd:`Right arrow`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To open an equalizier press the button that looks like several physical "
+"slider swichtes and on the audio effects equalizer tab press enable on "
+"the equalizer. Then to increase or decrease the sound at each frequency "
+"up to increase the volcume at that frequency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To view a playlist of music or videos you can view press the button that "
+"is several horizontal lines and then a trianglular play button on it or "
+"press :kbd:`Control + l`. This will bring up a whole view of your "
+"playlist. To return to your original view press :kbd:`Control + l`. To "
+"add more files to your playlist right click on the bottom of the playlist"
+" window and click add file to add an additonal file. To move the playlist"
+" to a particular file and to have that play double click that file. To "
+"change the view of the playlist right click playlist view mode to the "
+"version of the playlist you like the look of the best."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To loop the current playlist over and over press the button with an arrow"
+" pointing to the right and then another arrow below it pointing to the "
+"left. To randomize your playlist press the button with two crossing "
+"arrows on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To speed up playback faster than normal press the :kbd:`+` key or use "
+":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Faster`. To slow down playback "
+"slower than normal press the :kbd:`-` key :menuselection:`Playback --> "
+"Speed --> Slower`. If you want to reset your speed to normal "
+":menuselection:`Playback --> Speed --> Normal speed`. If you want to have"
+" vlc end at the end of the playlist click the checkbox "
+":menuselection:`Media --> Quit at end of playlist`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To view info on your media press :kbd:`Control + I` or click "
+":menuselection:`Tools --> Media info`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"If you want a minimal interface that hides menubar and toolbars press "
+":kbd:`Control +H` or :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`. To access "
+"the fucntionality of the menubar you can right click on where the video "
+"will play. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`Control+H` again "
+"or right click and then :menuselection:`View --> Minimal View`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"To view more advanced controls :menuselection:`View --> Advanced "
+"Controls`. To view to a status bar with what is playing and the speed "
+"with :menuselection:`View --> Status bar`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"To change the aspect ratio of a video :menuselection:`Video --> Aspect "
+"Ratio` and select the one you wish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:37
+msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:13
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:41
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:14
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:42
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 3.0.4 of VLC."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:17
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:45
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:18
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"to launch vlc in the menu go to Sound and video --> VLC media player or "
+"to launch vlc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Sound and video --> VLC "
-"run vlc from the command line."
+"media player` or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/2.5.3/vlc.rst:52
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open media stored locally on "
+#~ "your system click media open file "
+#~ "and navigate your local files or "
+#~ "press control +o on the keyboard "
+#~ "to open files stored locally on "
+#~ "your machine. If you wish to open"
+#~ " media from somewhere on the internet"
+#~ " on media press open network stream"
+#~ " or press control n. To pause "
+#~ "playback of a file press the "
+#~ "button that look like two verical "
+#~ "lines. To resume playback press the "
+#~ "right playback button. To toggle "
+#~ "fullscreen press the button which has"
+#~ " the four corners of the screen "
+#~ "to make it fullscreen and the four"
+#~ " screens to have it back into "
+#~ "windowed mode."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "On the bottom right of vlc there"
+#~ " is a bar that gets wider for"
+#~ " volume. Click farther to the right"
+#~ " to increase volume within vlc. Or"
+#~ " hover the cursor over this bar "
+#~ "and use the mousewheel to control "
+#~ "volume. The button that looks like "
+#~ "a speaker next to this toggles "
+#~ "mute in vlc."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "to launch vlc in the menu go "
+#~ "to Sound and video --> VLC media"
+#~ " player or run vlc from the "
+#~ "command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,3 +23,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 2.5 Sound and Video"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.5/Sound_and_Video.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapter documents playing media, burning disks, and controlling "
+"volume."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/2/Applications.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -24,6 +24,9 @@ msgid "Chapter 2 Applications"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/Applications.rst:4
-msgid "This chapter will  document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10."
+msgid "This chapter will document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid "This chapter will  document the applictions in Lubuntu 18.10."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -43,18 +43,57 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"To use a virtual keyboard click on the icon in the system tray that looks"
+"To use a virtual keyboard right click on the tray icon in the system tray"
-" like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard."
+" that looks like a keyboard and toggle virtual keyboard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:15
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:14
-msgid "How to launch"
+msgid ""
+"To switch your keyboard method with the applet is to left click on the "
+"applet :menuselection:`Input Mehtod --> Desired keyboard layout`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu -> system tools -> fcitx with "
+"To bring up a configuration dialog for input method right click on the "
-"icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run the applet from"
+"panel applet and :menuselection:`configure current input method`."
-" the command line run `fcitx`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To restart fcitx right click on the applet and click "
+":menuselection:`Restart`. To close the Fcitx applet right click the tray "
+"icon :menuselection:`Exit`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:21
+msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:26
+msgid "How to launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.1/fcitx.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"To launch the fcitx applet from the menu :menuselection:`system tools -->"
+" fcitx` with icon with a penguin with a paintbrush. If you wish to run "
+"the applet from the command line run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use a virtual keyboard click on"
+#~ " the icon in the system tray "
+#~ "that looks like a keyboard and "
+#~ "toggle virtual keyboard."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch the fcitx applet from "
+#~ "the menu -> system tools -> fcitx"
+#~ " with icon with a penguin with "
+#~ "a paintbrush. If you wish to run"
+#~ " the applet from the command line "
+#~ "run `fcitx`"
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -35,62 +35,165 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under mem and then a"
+"To view how much RAM is being used on your system is under "
-" [ number based on how many Gigabytes of memory. The Swap line lists how "
+":guilabel:`mem` and then a [ number based on how many Gigabytes of "
-"much swap is used. The numbers going down with a bar with a percentage "
+"memory. The Swap line lists how much swap is used. The numbers going down"
-"next to them display useage on each of your cpu cores."
+" with a bar with a percentage next to them display useage on each of your"
+" cpu cores."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"Load average shows your system laod over the past one five and fiften "
+":guilabel:`Load average` shows your system laod over the past one five "
-"minute is why there are three numbers see "
+"and fiften minute is why there are three numbers see `wikipedia load "
-"`https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Load_(computing)` for more infmormation. "
+"(computing) <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Load_(computing)>`_ for more "
-"Uptime shows how long your computer has been booted."
+"infmormation. :guilabel:`Uptime` shows how long your computer has been "
+"booted."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:12
 #, python-format
 msgid ""
-"After the bottom there is a green bar that says PID for the Process ID of"
+"After the bottom there is a green bar that says :guilabel:`PID` for the "
-" a user, The user the process responds to, RES is how much RAM the "
+"Process ID of a user, The user the process responds to, :guilabel:`RES` "
-"process is currently using. CPU% shows how much as a percent of CPU time "
+"is how much RAM the process is currently using. :guilabel:`CPU%` shows "
-"the process is using, mem% is a precent of the RAM your proess is using. "
+"how much as a percent of CPU time the process is using, mem% is a precent"
-"TIme shows how long the process has been running. COmmand shows the "
+" of the RAM your proess is using. :guilabel:`Time` shows how long the "
-"command line command of the process."
+"process has been running. :guilabel:`Command` shows the command line "
+"command of the process. To view any cut off part of the "
+":guilabel:`command` field press the :kbd:`Right Arrow` to view the cut "
+"off area of the window. To move your window back to where it was press  "
+"the :kbd:`Left Arrow` key."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"You can press F1 to help you with settings on htop. F2 brings about a "
+"To select the process below the currently selected one press :kbd:`Down "
-"customizeable settings on htop. F3 lets you search for a particular "
+"Arrow` to select the process below. To select the process above the "
-"process. F4 makes it so you can only see processes matching a certain "
+"currently selected one press :kbd:`Up Arrow` to select the process above."
-"partern. F5 is what you press to veiw file in a tree. PRessing F9 lets "
+" To select the next group of processes on your screen press :kbd:`Page "
-"you kill a process with different signals to send to the process and 15 "
+"Down`. To select the previous group of procces on your screen press "
-"will terminate the process while 9 will Kill it. Lastly F10 will quit "
+":kbd:`Page up`. To choose the last process on your system press the "
-"htop and return you to a terminal."
+":kbd:`End` key. To choose the first process press the :kbd:`Home` key."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:17
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:16
-msgid "Screenshot"
+msgid ""
+"You can press :kbd:`F1` to help you with settings on htop. Pressing "
+":kbd:`F3` lets you search for a particular process. To reverse sort order"
+" press :kbd:`Shift +I`. :kbd:`F4` makes it so you can only see processes "
+"matching a certain partern. :kbd:`F5` is what you press to veiw the "
+"processes in a tree. To get back to the default view press :kbd:`F5` "
+"again. Pressing :kbd:`F9` lets you kill a process with different signals "
+"to send to the process and 15 will terminate the process while 9 will "
+"Kill it. Lastly :kbd:`F10` will quit htop and return you to a terminal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To change how your process are sorted press :kbd:`F6` which will bring up"
+" your own menu to sort by by :guilabel:`PID`, :guilabel:`USER`, "
+":guilabel:`Priority`, :guilabel:`NICE`, :guilabel:`M_Size`, "
+":guilabel:`M_Resident`, :guilabel:`M_Share`, :guilabel:`State`, "
+":guilabel:`Percent_CPU`, :guilabel:`Percent_Mem`, :guilabel:`Time`, or "
+":guilabel:`Command`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:20
+msgid ""
+":kbd:`F2` brings about a customizeable settings on htop. The "
+":guilabel:`Meters` brings up meters like CPu average. The "
+":guilabel:`Display Options` has option for different ways to display in "
+"htop. The :guilabel:`Colors` tab brings up different color schemes for "
+"htop."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:23
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:29
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:24
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:30
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.2.0 of htop."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:27
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:33
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:28
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"To launch htop from the menu -> system tools -> htop with the Icon that "
+"To launch htop from the menu :menuselection:`system tools --> htop` with "
-"looks like the green H made out of text or you can run htop from the "
+"the Icon that looks like the green H made out of text or run"
-"command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.2/htop.rst:40
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To view how much RAM is being "
+#~ "used on your system is under mem"
+#~ " and then a [ number based on"
+#~ " how many Gigabytes of memory. The"
+#~ " Swap line lists how much swap "
+#~ "is used. The numbers going down "
+#~ "with a bar with a percentage next"
+#~ " to them display useage on each "
+#~ "of your cpu cores."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Load average shows your system laod "
+#~ "over the past one five and fiften"
+#~ " minute is why there are three "
+#~ "numbers see "
+#~ "`https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Load_(computing)` for more"
+#~ " infmormation. Uptime shows how long "
+#~ "your computer has been booted."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After the bottom there is a green"
+#~ " bar that says PID for the "
+#~ "Process ID of a user, The user "
+#~ "the process responds to, RES is "
+#~ "how much RAM the process is "
+#~ "currently using. CPU% shows how much "
+#~ "as a percent of CPU time the "
+#~ "process is using, mem% is a "
+#~ "precent of the RAM your proess is"
+#~ " using. TIme shows how long the "
+#~ "process has been running. COmmand shows"
+#~ " the command line command of the "
+#~ "process."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can press F1 to help you "
+#~ "with settings on htop. F2 brings "
+#~ "about a customizeable settings on htop."
+#~ " F3 lets you search for a "
+#~ "particular process. F4 makes it so "
+#~ "you can only see processes matching "
+#~ "a certain partern. F5 is what you"
+#~ " press to veiw file in a tree."
+#~ " PRessing F9 lets you kill a "
+#~ "process with different signals to send"
+#~ " to the process and 15 will "
+#~ "terminate the process while 9 will "
+#~ "Kill it. Lastly F10 will quit htop"
+#~ " and return you to a terminal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch htop from the menu ->"
+#~ " system tools -> htop with the "
+#~ "Icon that looks like the green H"
+#~ " made out of text or you can"
+#~ " run htop from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -35,40 +35,228 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"To open a new tab go to the file menu -> new tab or press control shift t"
+"To open a new tab go to the :menuselection:`file --> new tab` or press "
-" with the button that looks like a +. To close a tab press the X button "
+":kbd:`control + shift + t` or click the button that looks like a +. To "
-"near the right hand side of the tab. If you want to switch between tabs "
+"close a tab press the X button near the right hand side of the tab. You "
-"click on the different click on that tab or press the left and right "
+"can change between tabs by left clicking on the tabbar on the tab you "
-"arrows in the upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch "
+"want to switch to. If you want to switch between tabs click on the "
-"between tabs is control + page up or control plus page down.   If you "
+"different click on that tab or press the left and right arrows in the "
-"want to copy text from the temrinal press control +  shift + c to copy "
+"upper right corner on the tabbar. Another way to switch between tabs is "
-"text. If you wish to paste text into the terminal you can control + shift"
+":kbd:`control + page up` or :kbd:`control + page down`. If you want to "
-" + v however you should be really careful it is not a malicious command "
+"copy text from the temrinal press :kbd:`control +  shift + c`  or "
-"and shows the command you are pasting in. If you want to open a new "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy selection` to copy text. If you wish to "
-"terminal window Control+ Shift+ N or go file -> new window."
+"paste text into the terminal you can :kbd:`control + shift + v` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Clipboard` however you should be really "
+"careful it is not a malicious command and shows the command you are "
+"pasting in. If you want to paste selected text in the terminal press "
+":kbd:`Shift + Insert` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Selection`. If "
+"you want to open a new terminal window :kbd:`Control+ Shift+ N` or go "
+":menuselection:`file --> new window`. To try to autocomplete the command "
+"you type in a command line press the :kbd:`Tab` key."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:11
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"If you get a url in your terminal you can right click copy link address "
+"to copy the link. To open your link directly press :kbd:`Control + left "
+"click`. To zoom in on the terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift + +` or "
+"right click and select zoom in. To zoom out press :kbd:`Control + -` or "
+"right click zoom out. To return to the original zoom press :kbd:`Control "
+"+ 0` or right click original zoom. If you want qterminal to be fullscreen"
+" press :kbd:`F11` to make it fullscreen then :kbd:`F11` again to make it "
+"back to its original size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To split your terminal vertically into two terminals on top of each other"
+" :menuselection:`Actions --> Split Terminal Horizontal`. To have one "
+"terminal to the left and one to the right :menuselection:`Actions --> "
+"Split Terminal Vertically`. To collpase back to how your terminal back to"
+" how they were before :menuselection:`Actions --> Collapse Subterminal`. "
+"To switch between the two split terminals click on the terminal you want."
+" To switch to a the lower split terminal press :kbd:`Alt + Down` or "
+":menuselection:`Actions --> Bottom Subterminal`. To switch the the top "
+"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt + Up` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Top "
+"Subterminal`. To switch to the left subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Left` or"
+" :menuselection:`Actions --> Left Subterminal`. To switch to the right "
+"subterminal press :kbd:`Alt +Right` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Right "
+"Subterminal`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"To change to the next tab using the keyboard press :kbd:`Control + Page "
+"Down` or :menuselection:`Actions --> Next tab`. To change to the previous"
+" tab using the keyobard press :kbd:`Control+ Page up` or "
+":menuselection:`Actions --> Previous Tab`. To move to a tab to the right "
+":menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the right`. To move a tab to the "
+"left :menuselection:`Actions --> Move tab to the left`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"To clear you active terminal press :kbd:`Control + Shift +X` or "
+":menuselection:`Actions --> Clear Active Terminal`. To hide window "
+"borders check the :menuselection:`View --> Hide Window borders`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:22
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To change your preferences go to :menuselection:`file --> preferences`. "
+"To change your font press the font change the font and size press the "
+"change button in the preferences dialog. The :guilabel:`color scheme` "
+"field lets you say change how different colored things in the terminal "
+"colors appear. The :guilabel:`widget style` lets you overwrite the system"
+" widget style with something other than system default. The "
+":guilabel:`scrollbar position` lets you move the scrollbar to the left or"
+" right or remove it entirely. The :guilabel:`tabs position` moves the bar"
+" to that part of the window of qterminal. The :guilabel:`cursor shape` "
+"changes the shape of the cursor between block cursor a large block, "
+"underline cursor a small underline, or i beam which is quite small like a"
+" | character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To toggle showing the menubar check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show the "
+"menubar` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Hide tab bar with only one "
+"tab` hides the tab bar when you only have one tab. The checkbox "
+":guilabel:`Limit tab width` limits how wide a tab would be how be and the"
+" filed next to it is how wide to limit the width of tabs.The "
+":guilabel:`Show a border around the current terminal` shows a border "
+"around the terminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show terminal size on "
+"resize` toggles showing the terminal size on resizing the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"The field :guilabel:`Application transparency` gives you the percent "
+"transparent for the full application transparency. The feild "
+":guilabel:`Terminal transparency` is how transparent to make the "
+"terminal. Note you will need to enable the compton compositor for this "
+"function properly. To select a background image for your terminal press "
+"the :guilabel:`Select` button next to :guilabel:`Background image:`. The "
+"field :guilabel:`Start with preset` lets you choose how many terminal "
+"splits to have when you start up qterminal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To apply these changes to see how they appear on qterminal press the "
+":guilabel:`apply` button. If you like your new customized terminal layout"
+" press the OK button or if you wish to cancel your changes press the "
+":guilabel:`cancel` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Behavior` tab changes history, pasting, and different "
+"kinds of emulation. The button for unlimited history will save an "
+"unlimited amount of history. The history size in line lets you save only "
+"that many lines of history. The checkbox for :guilabel:`Confirm multiline"
+" paste` brings up a confirmation for pasting multiple lines. The checkbox"
+" :guilabel:`Trim trailing newlines in pasted text` removes excess "
+"newlines in pasting text from the end of what you paste. The "
+":guilabel:`Ask for confirmation when closing` pops up a confirmation "
+"dialog when you close qterminal. The checkbox :guilabel:`Save position "
+"when closing` saves the position when closing qterminal. The "
+":guilabel:`Open new terminals in current working directory` checkbox open"
+" new terminals in the last working directory you were on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab shows all the different shortcuts and how "
+"to change keyboard shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Shortcut` column shows what "
+"the keyboard shortcut does. The :guilabel:`Key` column is the keyboard "
+"shortcut to launch the shortcut. To change or add a keyboard shortcut "
+"double click under the :guilabel:`Key` column and then press the keyboard"
+" shortcut you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Dropdown` tab shows effects on the appearance for the drop"
+" down settings of qterminal. The :guilabel:`Show on start` checkbox shows"
+" the drop down terminal if checked and if unchecked it will be hidden at "
+"the start. The :guilabel:`Height` field shows the height of the drop down"
+" terminal. The :guilabel:`Width` field shows how wide to make the "
+"dropdown terminal. The field :guilabel:`Shortcut` is the shortcut to "
+"bring down the drop down terminal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:42
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:12
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:43
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.9.0 of qterminal."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:15
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:47
-msgid "Screenshot"
+msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:20
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:48
-msgid "How to launch"
+msgid ""
+"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu "
+":menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal` or run"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:21
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:54
 msgid ""
-"To launch qterminal in a normal window go to the menu -> System Tools -> "
+"from the command line. To launch a drop down version of Qterminal from "
-"qterminal or run qterminal from the command line. To launch a drop down "
+"the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qterminal drop down`  or run"
-"version of Qterminal from the menu -> System Tools -> qterminal drop down"
-"  or run qterminal -d from the command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.3/qterminal.rst:60
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open a new tab go to the"
+#~ " file menu -> new tab or press"
+#~ " control shift t with the button "
+#~ "that looks like a +. To close "
+#~ "a tab press the X button near "
+#~ "the right hand side of the tab."
+#~ " If you want to switch between "
+#~ "tabs click on the different click "
+#~ "on that tab or press the left "
+#~ "and right arrows in the upper "
+#~ "right corner on the tabbar. Another "
+#~ "way to switch between tabs is "
+#~ "control + page up or control plus"
+#~ " page down.   If you want to "
+#~ "copy text from the temrinal press "
+#~ "control +  shift + c to copy "
+#~ "text. If you wish to paste text"
+#~ " into the terminal you can control"
+#~ " + shift + v however you should"
+#~ " be really careful it is not a"
+#~ " malicious command and shows the "
+#~ "command you are pasting in. If you"
+#~ " want to open a new terminal "
+#~ "window Control+ Shift+ N or go "
+#~ "file -> new window."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Screenshot"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch qterminal in a normal "
+#~ "window go to the menu -> System"
+#~ " Tools -> qterminal or run qterminal"
+#~ " from the command line. To launch "
+#~ "a drop down version of Qterminal "
+#~ "from the menu -> System Tools ->"
+#~ " qterminal drop down  or run "
+#~ "qterminal -d from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.po

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 3.1.4 Startup Disk Creator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Startup Disk creator is a graphical utility for creating bootable USB "
+"media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:7
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"To launch startup disc creator :menuselection:`System Tools --> Startup "
+"disk creator` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.4/startup-disk-creator.rst:14
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -27,19 +27,73 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "nm-tray is the an applet to manage network connections."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:7
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"If you want to connect to  a network on nm-tray left click the icon in "
+"the system tray. If you have a wired connection with DHCP it should "
+"connect automatically. If you want to disconnect your from a network "
+"under active connections left click to disconnect. To connect to wifi "
+"left click on the nm-tray applet and connect the wifi name applet and "
+"then enter the password for the wifi. After connecting to a wifi your "
+"known connections will by left clicking on nm-tray of wifi connections "
+"under known connections. The list of active connections are networks you "
+"are currently connected to. The list of wifi networks is listed under "
+"wifi networks you are connected to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"To get information on your current connection to the network your can "
+"right click on nm-tray connection information to get info on your current"
+" Ip address connection speed and driver in use for the connection. To "
+"toggle notifications on connecting and disconnecting to networks right "
+"click on the nm-tray tray icon and check or uncheck the checkbox for "
+":guilabel:`enable notifications`. To disable wifi uncheck "
+":guilabel:`Enable Wifi`. To turn off all networking uncheck "
+":guilabel:`Enable Networking`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"To view your own networking information right click the applet "
+":menuselection:`Connection Information` which willl pop up a window with "
+"information such as your ip address. On this window each interfaace will "
+"show the names of each network interface in a tab bar along the top. The "
+"field :guilabel:`Interface` Shows you the name of your network adapter to"
+" the system what type of connection it is. The label for "
+":guilabel:`Driver` shows you what driver is in use for this network "
+"interface. The field :guilabel:`Speed` shows the speed supported by the "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The section :guilabel:`IPV4` shows you information on your settings for "
+"networking using IPV4. The section :guilabel:`IP Address` shows you  your"
+" current ip adress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:18
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:22
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:9
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:23
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of nm-tray."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:12
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:26
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:13
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.5/nm-tray.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "nm-tray should already launch in the system tray to and looks like either"
 " a plug with a cable plugged in if you have an ethernet connection."

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps"
+msgid "Chapter 3.1.6 qps"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:4
@@ -36,12 +36,66 @@ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.10.18 of qps."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:11
-msgid "How to launch"
+msgid "Useage"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"To launch qps go to the menu -> System Tools -> qps or run qps from the "
+"To see your memory useage in qps look at the bar that says "
-"command line."
+":Guilabel:`MEM`. The bar for :guilabel:`CPU` useage shows CPU useage with"
+" a bar graph with useage with a bar graphc for cpu useage. The "
+":guilabel:`Uptime` in the top bar shows how long your computer has been "
+"running. A blue bar showing file input output shows graph in blue. Above "
+"this there is a green graph that shows your CPU useage as a graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To sort your processes by memory click on the mem tab. To have your "
+"processes sorted by CPU percentage press the button :guilabel:`CPU%` To "
+"have your processes sorted by CPU%.  To sort by the command line of each "
+"process you can press the command line. To sort by how much memory is "
+"used by each process click on the :guilabel:`mem` tab."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"To change the update period is to :menuselection:`Option --> Update "
+"Period`. To change your font :menuselection:`Option --> Prefrences` or "
+"put an appearance with the font and font size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To search for a particular process you can type your type into the search"
+" bar right above a particular process right above it. To terminate a "
+"process right click on it and select terminate or press :kbd:`delete`. To"
+" kill a process move the mouse over it right click and select kill or "
+"press :kbd:`Alt + K`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:21
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:25
+msgid "How to launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:26
+msgid "To launch qps go to the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> qps` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.6/qps.rst:32
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Chapter 3.16 qps"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch qps go to the menu "
+#~ "-> System Tools -> qps or run "
+#~ "qps from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -43,17 +43,65 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"To check the health of your hard drive on the menu Device ->  SMART "
+"To check the health of your hard drive or solid state drive on the "
-"status."
+":menuselection:`Device --> SMART status`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:16
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:15
-msgid "How to launch"
+msgid ""
+"You can see your disk useage for each partition graphically with the bars"
+" at the top with the shaded in part showing a bar graph as the percentage"
+" full of the partition. The Column :guilabel:`Size` shows the size of the"
+" entire system while the :guilabel:`Used` column shows the amount of "
+"space used on the drive. The :guilabel:`type` column lets you see which "
+"filesystem is on the parttion."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:17
 msgid ""
+"On the side pane to the left you can switch between each different drive "
+"on the left with the name of each device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"If you have say a new solid state drive that is not formatted you first "
+"need to put a partition table on it. A new partition data will get rid of"
+" all partitions on the disk which means no data will be visable anymore. "
+"Then you will need to create a partition on to store data. On unallocated"
+" space you can right click on the unalloacted space and new partition and"
+" select the filesystem you want. Then press the apply button to apply the"
+" changes to your partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:22
+msgid "Screensaver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:26
+msgid "How to launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:27
+msgid ""
 "To launch kde partition manager from the menu -> system tools -> KDE "
-"partition manager or run partitionmanager from the command line."
+"partition manager or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.7/kde_partitionmanager.rst:33
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To check the health of your hard"
+#~ " drive on the menu Device ->  "
+#~ "SMART status."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch kde partition manager from "
+#~ "the menu -> system tools -> KDE"
+#~ " partition manager or run partitionmanager"
+#~ " from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.po

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 3.1.8 LXQt sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"LXQt-sudo is a way to launch graphical applications with adminsitrative "
+"privileges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:7
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:8
+msgid "LXQt-sudo is used to open graphical programs as an administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Modifying the wrong system configuration files with adminstrator "
+"privileges could make your system unable to boot or for you to be unable "
+"to login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To use lxqt-sudo is important to not change your config files as if you "
+"did with sudo. You will need adminstrative privileges to edit config "
+"files but make sure you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:17
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:18
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of lxqt-sudo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:21
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:26
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"To launch lxqt-sudo from the command line to run featherpad with "
+"administrative privileges use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:33
+msgid "You can also run lxqt-sudo from the runner for example type in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/3.1.8/lxqt-sudo.rst:39
+msgid "into the runner to do it this way without opening a terminal."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.1/System_Tools.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,3 +23,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 3.1 System Tools"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.1/System_Tools.rst:4
+msgid "This chapter will give you system tools to administrate your system."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -31,13 +31,49 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:7
-msgid "How to Launch"
+msgid "Useage"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt "
+"LXQt configuration center lets you launch many different applications in "
-"settings -> LXQt configuration center or run lxqt-config from the command"
+"this chapter from a simple control center where you can double click on "
-" line."
+"the icon for that program. To close one of the programs here you have "
+"launched you can close it by pressing :kbd:`Escape`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:11
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:15
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:16
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of LXQt configuration center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:19
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"To launch LXQt configuration center from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings -> LXQt configuration "
+"center` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.1/LXQt_configuration_center.rst:27
+msgid "from the command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch LXQt configuration center from"
+#~ " the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt "
+#~ "settings -> LXQt configuration center or"
+#~ " run lxqt-config from the command "
+#~ "line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -49,36 +49,103 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"If you want to rotate a monitor on the advanced tab from the  menu "
+"If you want to rotate a monitor on the :guilabel:`advanced` tab from the"
-"labeled rotation choose the way you want to rotate the monitor with "
+"  menu labeled :guilabel:`rotation` choose the way you want to rotate the"
-"inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the refresh rate of"
+" monitor with inverted being upsdie down. Below you can also choose the "
-" monitor from the drop down menu to choose how fast your monitor "
+"refresh rate of monitor from the :guilabel:`Refresh Rate` drop down menu "
-"refreshes."
+"to choose how fast your monitor refreshes."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:17
-msgid "To display info on your monitor click the info tab and read that info."
+msgid ""
+"To display info on your monitor click the :guilabel:`info` tab and read "
+"that info. The fields explained will be the Name of the monitor the "
+"serial numberthe size of the display and the serial number."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"With multiple monitors you can in the set position you can drag the "
+"To save your monitor settings press the :guilabel:`save` button and a pop"
-"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The fast menu "
+" up will show that your have your settings ok for you and press "
-"extended view sets you to set extended showing different things on "
+":guilabel:`yes`. To view your saved settings press the "
-"different monitors. Selecting a unified view shows the same thing on both"
+":guilabel:`Settings` button. Your saved settings are by default saved "
-" screens. First only shows up the first screen while second only shows "
+"under the time and date. If you want to apply your saved settings press "
-"only the second."
+"the settings button with the gear around the lightbulb. To choose your "
+"saved settings press the setting you want and the :guilabel:`apply` "
+"button and your settings will be applied. To give your saved settings a "
+"meaninful name you can press the :guilabel:`rename` button with a name "
+"for what you want and can remember what it is. If you want to delete "
+"theese setting later press the :guilabel:`delete` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:26
+msgid "Multimonitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"With multiple monitors you can in the set position tab you can drag the "
+"different screen around drag the two monitors around. The checkbox for "
+":guilabel:`keep monitor attached` pulls the monitors pixels adjacent to "
+"each other. The fast menu :guilabel:`extended view` sets you to set "
+"extended showing different things on different monitors. Selecting a "
+":guilabel:`unified` view shows the same thing on both screens. "
+":guilabel:`First only` shows up the first screen while second only shows "
+"only the second. The tabs towards the bottom are settings for each "
+"monitor."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:22
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:33
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:23
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"To launch monitor settings from the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings "
+"To launch monitor settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
-"-> Monitor settings. From lxqt-configuration-center press the button for "
+"LXQt settings --> Monitor settings`. From lxqt-configuration-center press"
-"monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run lxqt-config-"
+" the button for monitor settings that looks like a desktop monitor or run"
-"monitor from the command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.10/monitor_settings.rst:41
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to rotate a monitor"
+#~ " on the advanced tab from the  "
+#~ "menu labeled rotation choose the way "
+#~ "you want to rotate the monitor "
+#~ "with inverted being upsdie down. Below"
+#~ " you can also choose the refresh "
+#~ "rate of monitor from the drop down"
+#~ " menu to choose how fast your "
+#~ "monitor refreshes."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "To display info on your monitor click the info tab and read that info."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "With multiple monitors you can in "
+#~ "the set position you can drag the"
+#~ " different screen around drag the two"
+#~ " monitors around. The fast menu "
+#~ "extended view sets you to set "
+#~ "extended showing different things on "
+#~ "different monitors. Selecting a unified "
+#~ "view shows the same thing on both"
+#~ " screens. First only shows up the "
+#~ "first screen while second only shows "
+#~ "only the second."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch monitor settings from the "
+#~ "menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings "
+#~ "-> Monitor settings. From lxqt-"
+#~ "configuration-center press the button for"
+#~ " monitor settings that looks like a"
+#~ " desktop monitor or run lxqt-"
+#~ "config-monitor from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -37,15 +37,147 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0-1 of openbox settings."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:11
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Theme` tab changes the titlebars. To change the theme of "
+"the titlebar select the theme on the arcieve on the and see how it looks "
+"by left clicking on the theme name. The new titlebars will immediately "
+"appear and you will see it on that window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`appearance` tab lets you change where the buttons are so "
+"for is you want and the order of the buttons on the title bar. Lubuntu "
+"ships with the abilitiy to have two additional buttons on the titlebar "
+"one for shading or rolling up with the window so you can put this in the "
+"left to right order of the letters where you want the button. To make a "
+"window show on all desktop you can add D button in box for the window "
+"order. If you want to change the window titlebar button order to have the"
+" iconifiy (minimize), maximize, and close buttons on the left then move "
+"the letters IMC to the left of L for window label or the title of the "
+"window. If you want to have the close maximize and iconify buttons first "
+"the box labled window titles should read CMI  Then L for the window label"
+" which will always be in the center. If you wanted the buttons on the "
+"right with close Maximize, iconify the window title L and then shade the "
+"window, all desktops and the window icon in the far right it should read "
+"CMILSDN. The checkbox for :guilabel:`animate iconify and restore` shows "
+"an animation when you iconify (minimize) a window and then restore it and"
+" uncheck if you really don't want theese animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Windows retain a border when undecorated` checkbox has "
+"windows still have a border if you choose to undecorate them. The "
+":guilabel:`Animate iconify and restore` checkbox runs a simpel animation "
+"when you iconify(minimize) a window or restore it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`font` tab changes the font of your window titlebars you "
+"can select several different fonts for different conditions of the "
+"window. To change the style of the font you can under the style make the "
+"font inactive. For example if you have trouble telling which window you "
+"are in you can make the font italic for the titlebar of inactive windows "
+"to make it even more obvious."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Windows` tab manages the behavior of newly opened windows."
+" The :guilabel:`Focus new windows when they appear` checkbox gives new "
+"windows focus when they finish opening and then be the active window as "
+"if you clicked on the icon on the taskbar. The :guilabel:`Place new "
+"Windows under the mouse pointer` puts all your new windows you open under"
+" the mouse pointer. The :guilabel:`Center new windows when they are "
+"placed` puts the new windows in the center of the monitor. The drop down "
+"menu for :guilabel:`Prefer to place new windows on` shows you where to "
+"place new windows on multimonitor layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`move & resize` tab lets you change settings for moving and"
+" resizing windows. The checkbox :guilabel:`update window contents while "
+"reisizing` redraws the whole window when resizing it. Having it unchecked"
+" will  have a drawn solid color until you stop resizing it. The "
+":guilabel:`drag threshold distance` changes the minimum number of pixels "
+"to drag a window. The :guilabel:`switch desktops when moving a window "
+"past the edge of a the screen` lets you drag a window past the edge to "
+"switch desktops. The field for :guilabel:`Amount of time to wait before "
+"switching` lets you cahnge the amount of time to wait before moving "
+"beyond the edge of the desktop to another virtual desktop. The drop down "
+"menu for :guilabel:`Show information dialog` shows how you how many "
+"characters fit on the newly resized window for always, terminal windows "
+"only, or never. The field for :guilabel:`Information dialog's position` "
+"is where to show this information dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`mouse` tab use the focus follow mouse tab is if you move "
+"the mouse over the window it will automatically focus on that window. To "
+"automatically focus windows when the mouse cursor when the mouse pointer "
+"check the :guilabel:`Focus windows when the mouse pointer moves over "
+"them`. To change your focus to a new window check/uncheck the checkbox "
+":guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when switching desktops`. If you "
+"move a window with a keyboard shortcut and a different window is under it"
+" check the :guilabel:`Move focus under the mouse when the mouse is not "
+"moving` checkbox. The checkbox :guilabel:`Raise windows when the mouse "
+"pointer moves over them` moves the window up in the layers.  The "
+":guilabel:`Double click on the titlebar` drop down of doubleclicking on "
+"the titlebar what option fo to shade or maiximize the window or custom "
+"actions which lubuntu has set to maximize."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"On the :guilabel:`desktops` tab to change number of desktops press the up"
+" arrow to add an additional desktop or the down arrow to reduce the "
+"number of virtual desktops. When switching desktops there is  a checkbox "
+"to show a notification and a field for how many miliseconds to show that "
+"notification for. If you want to rename a desktop double click on the "
+"desktop name and type the name of the desktop you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"To make a margin on your desktop on which nothing is placed you can set "
+"pixel margins on each side with the :guilabel:`margins` tab. The fields "
+":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Right`, or "
+":guilabel:`Bottom` each have a field for each number of pixels as a "
+"margin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:46
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:13
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:48
 msgid ""
-"To launch openbox settings from the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings "
+"To launch openbox settings from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
-"-> openbox settings. From LXQt settings press the openbox settings button"
+"LXQt settings --> openbox settings`. From LXQt settings press the openbox"
-" with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or run obconf-qt "
+" settings button with the wrench and screwdriver on a computer window or "
-"from the command line."
+"run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.11/openbox_settings.rst:55
+msgid "from the command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch openbox settings from the "
+#~ "menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings "
+#~ "-> openbox settings. From LXQt settings"
+#~ " press the openbox settings button "
+#~ "with the wrench and screwdriver on "
+#~ "a computer window or run obconf-qt"
+#~ " from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -31,22 +31,114 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:7
-msgid "Version"
+msgid "Useage"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"LXQt power management watches your battery, laptop lid, and idleness on "
+"the screen. Each one of the checkbox is to battery laptop lid and "
+"idleness is a checkbox to enable or disable each. When you add when power"
+" is low select what you want to do suspend shutodwn hibernate or "
+"something."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`level is low at` changes when the battery is considered "
+"low power. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show icon` shows an icon in the tray "
+"for your power management. The checkbox :guilabel:`Use icons from theme` "
+"changes the appearance of your battery to be the battery icon from your "
+"icon theme."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Battery` tab has settings for monitoring your battery "
+"power level and some settings. On a laptop power management should show a"
+" + with a ring around it represeneting your current battery charge on "
+"your laptop when it is charging with a full green circle meaning you are "
+"fully charged in the system tray. If your battery is discharging you will"
+" see a - sybmol at the center of the circle. If you hover the mouse "
+"cursor over this it will show the percent of charge as a percentage and "
+"whether the battery is charging or discharging. When your battery is "
+"fully charged it will turn into a black circle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"The field :guilabel:`Enable Batter Watcher` Watches the battery on your "
+"system. The field :guilabel:`When Power is low then:` lets you choose "
+"what to do when your batter is low. The :guilabel:`Warning` field "
+"provides a duration to show a warning for low power. To change the level "
+"for low level of battery change the :guilabel:`Level is low at` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Lid` tab manages settings for when you close your laptop "
+"lid. The lid watcher lets you choose to suspend or shut off your computer"
+" when the lid is closed on battery or on AC. The checkbox for "
+":guilabel:`Enable Lid Watcher` enables actions to be taken when the "
+"laptop lid is closed and of course unchecking means it won't take any "
+"action. The :guilabel:`On battery` field changes what action to take when"
+" your laptop which each does it like it sounds like. The :guilabel:`On "
+"AC` is changes what action to take when your laptop lid is closed and it "
+"is plugged into power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The Checkbox :guilabel:`When using external monitor` Allows you to have "
+"different settings when your laptop for closing the lid if you are "
+"plugged in to an external monitor. The fields :guilabel:`On Battery` and "
+":guilabel:`On AC` function as above just different settings when plugged "
+"into an external monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Idle` tab manages what happens when you walk away from "
+"your keyboard. The :guilabel:`When idle then` you slect whether you want "
+"to do nothing, Lock Screen, Suspend, hibernate, Shutdown or turn off "
+"monitor. The :guilabel:`Idle time` fields tell you how long to wait when "
+"you are away before the idleness watcher takes the action you wish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:23
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:27
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:28
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Power Management."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:11
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:30
 msgid "How to Launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:12
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"To launch Power Management from the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings "
+"To launch Power Management from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
-"-> Power Management. From LXQt configuration center press the power "
+"LXQt settings --> Power Management`. From LXQt configuration center press"
-"management icon that looks like a light bulb or run lxqt-config-"
+" the power management icon that looks like a light bulb or run"
-"powermanagement from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.12/power_management.rst:38
+msgid "from the command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch Power Management from the "
+#~ "menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings "
+#~ "-> Power Management. From LXQt "
+#~ "configuration center press the power "
+#~ "management icon that looks like a "
+#~ "light bulb or run lxqt-config-"
+#~ "powermanagement from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -24,48 +24,146 @@ msgid "Chapter 3.2.13 Session Settings"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:4
-msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu."
+msgid ""
+"Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into Lubuntu. "
+"Here you can manage applications and services at startup."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:7
-msgid "Useage"
+msgid "Usage"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"To change the window manager used by LXQt on the basic settings tab under"
+"The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change with a window manager"
-" the basic setting tab under the drop down menu labeled window manager "
+"  and LXQt modules. To change the window manager used by LXQt, on the "
-"choose from the drop down list or search if the drop down list does not "
+"basic settings tab use the :guilabel:`Window Manager` drop down menu "
-"see it. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you do "
+"labeled window manager. Choose from the drop down list or "
-"not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If you "
+":guilabel:`search` if the drop down list does not contain your new window"
-"wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here which is off "
+" manager. LXQt modules lists the different part of LXQt if you find you "
-"by default as that adds more lighness."
+"do not want part of LXQt active you can enable or disable them here. If "
+"you wish to start the compton X11 compositor you can do so here, we have "
+"chosen to disable it at default to lower system resources by default. To "
+"stop an LXQt Module left click on the moudle name press the "
+":guilabel:`Stop` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The checkbox for :guilabel:`ask confirmation to leave session` gives you "
+"a simple yes no dialog to make sure you really want to leave so you do "
+"not lose your work uncheck it if you do not want this and find this "
+"dialog annoying. The :guilabel:`lock screen before suspending or "
+"hibrenating` checkbox locks your screen before suspending and hibernating"
+" and is checked by default unchecking this will leave this so the screen "
+"is not unlocked after suspending or hibernating."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Default Applications` tab lets you change your default "
+"browser and terminal emeulator. The drop down for :guilabel:`terminal "
+"emulator` lets you change the terminal emulator and the drop down for "
+":guilabel:`web browser` lets you change your webbrowser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Autostart` tab has settings for what to autostart. The "
+"autostart applications lets you choose which applications to autostart "
+"like managers for print queues. All of these are check-boxes to start "
+"various programs. You can start a program at startup by adding it here. "
+"Click the :guilabel:`add` button, give the process a name e.g. \"Terminal"
+" drop down\" and type in the appropriate terminal command e.g. \"terminal"
+" -d\" where it says :guilabel:`Command`. To change a keyboard shortcut "
+"press the :guilabel:`Edit` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The tab for :guilabel:`Environment (Advanced)` has many effects for you "
+"environment variables for your session. The :guilabel:`Variable Name` "
+"provides the name of the environment variable. To change the value of a "
+"varible double click on the value under the :guilabel:`Value` column. To "
+"add a new environment variable press the :guilabel:`Add` button. Then at "
+"the bottom a dotted line will appear and double click to enter the "
+"Varible Name and the Value for the variable. To delete an environment "
+"variable press the :guilabel:`Delete` button. Several of theese varibles "
+"relate to hidpi support see `<https://forum.lxqt.org/t/detailed-guide-to-"
+"enable-high-dpi-scaling-on-lxqt/507/5>`_ ."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:10
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"The autostart applications lets you choose which appliactions to "
+"If you want to undo changes you have done press the :guilabel:`reset` "
-"autostart like managers for print queues. All of these are checkboxes to "
+"button."
-"start various programs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:13
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:23
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:28
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:14
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:29
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of session settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:17
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:33
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:18
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.13/session_settings.rst:34
 msgid ""
-"To launch session settings from the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings "
+"To launch session settings from the menu  :menuselection:`Preferences -->"
-"-> session settings. From LXQt configuration center press the button that"
+" LXQt settings --> session settings`. From LXQt configuration center "
-" looks like a triagnular blue flag and is labeled with session settings. "
+"press the button that looks like a triangular blue flag and is labeled "
-"To run session settings from the command line run lxqt-config-session."
+"with session settings. To run session settings from the command line run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid "Session Settings is a way to change what happens when log into lubuntu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Useage"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To change the window manager used "
+#~ "by LXQt on the basic settings tab"
+#~ " under the basic setting tab under"
+#~ " the drop down menu labeled window"
+#~ " manager choose from the drop down"
+#~ " list or search if the drop "
+#~ "down list does not see it. LXQt"
+#~ " modules lists the different part of"
+#~ " LXQt if you find you do not"
+#~ " want part of LXQt active you "
+#~ "can enable or disable them here. "
+#~ "If you wish to start the compton"
+#~ " X11 compositor you can do so "
+#~ "here which is off by default as"
+#~ " that adds more lighness."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The autostart applications lets you "
+#~ "choose which appliactions to autostart "
+#~ "like managers for print queues. All "
+#~ "of these are checkboxes to start "
+#~ "various programs."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch session settings from the "
+#~ "menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings "
+#~ "-> session settings. From LXQt "
+#~ "configuration center press the button "
+#~ "that looks like a triagnular blue "
+#~ "flag and is labeled with session "
+#~ "settings. To run session settings from"
+#~ " the command line run lxqt-config-"
+#~ "session."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,53 +20,122 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys"
+msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 Shortcut keys"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:4
-msgid "shortcut keys is a program that sets keyboard shortcuts for Lubuntu."
+msgid ""
+"Shortcut keys is a program that manages the global hotkeys or keyboard "
+"shortcuts for Lubuntu."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"The keyboard shortcuts are also managed by Openbox. Refer to Appendix F "
+"for more detail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:10
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:8
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of shortcut keys."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:11
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14
-msgid "Useage"
+msgid "Usage"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:12
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"To change a current keyboard shortcut to change things look at the menu "
+"You can **Modify** a current keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut "
-"click on the shortcut and a timer will begin to countdown during which "
+"from the keyboard table, clicking the modify button, then clicking on the"
-"time you should push the keyboard shortcut you want to change it to.  To "
+" shortcut button. A countdown will begin during which you should push the"
-"remove a keyboard shortcut left click on that keyboard shortcut and press"
+" **keyboard shortcut combination** you want."
-" the remove button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:14
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17
 msgid ""
-"To create a new keyboard shortcut press the create button. The shortcut "
+"You can **Remove** a keyboard shortcut by selecting the shortcut from the"
-"field will be blank but when you click the shortcut button a countdown "
+" keyboard table, and clicking the :guilabel:`remove` button. To swap to "
-"will begin and then press the keyboard shorcut you want to assign it to. "
+"shortcut keys you can select two shortcuts with :kbd:`Control+ Left "
-"The summary field lets you enter a summary of the command useful so you "
+"Click` then left click on the :guilabel:`Swap` button."
-"know what this shortcut you created does in the future. To make this "
-"execute a terminal command press the terminal command radio button and "
-"enter the command in the radio button at the bottom."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:17
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"You can **Add** a new keyboard shortcut clicking the :guilabel:`add` "
+"button. The shortcut field will be blank, click the shortcut button to "
+"start the countdown, then press the **keyboard shortcut combination** you"
+" want to assign. Write a short description of what the keyboard shortcut "
+"does, for example \"start drop down terminal\", or \"increases screen "
+"brightness\". To make this execute a terminal command select the command "
+"radio button and enter the command in the :guilabel:`Descrption` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:22
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:29
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:18
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.14/shortcut_keys.rst:30
 msgid ""
-"To launch shortcut keys from the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings -> "
+"To launch shortcut keys from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
-"shortcut keys. From LXQt configuration center use shortcut keys button "
+"LXQt settings --> shortcut keys`. From LXQt configuration center use "
-"which looks like 6 keyboard keys or run lxqt-config-globalkeyshortcuts."
+"shortcut keys button which looks like 6 keyboard keys or from the command"
+" line run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid "Chapter 3.2.14 shortcut keys"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "shortcut keys is a program that sets keyboard shortcuts for Lubuntu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Useage"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To change a current keyboard shortcut"
+#~ " to change things look at the "
+#~ "menu click on the shortcut and a"
+#~ " timer will begin to countdown during"
+#~ " which time you should push the "
+#~ "keyboard shortcut you want to change "
+#~ "it to.  To remove a keyboard "
+#~ "shortcut left click on that keyboard "
+#~ "shortcut and press the remove button."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To create a new keyboard shortcut "
+#~ "press the create button. The shortcut"
+#~ " field will be blank but when "
+#~ "you click the shortcut button a "
+#~ "countdown will begin and then press "
+#~ "the keyboard shorcut you want to "
+#~ "assign it to. The summary field "
+#~ "lets you enter a summary of the"
+#~ " command useful so you know what "
+#~ "this shortcut you created does in "
+#~ "the future. To make this execute a"
+#~ " terminal command press the terminal "
+#~ "command radio button and enter the "
+#~ "command in the radio button at the"
+#~ " bottom."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch shortcut keys from the "
+#~ "menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings "
+#~ "-> shortcut keys. From LXQt "
+#~ "configuration center use shortcut keys "
+#~ "button which looks like 6 keyboard "
+#~ "keys or run lxqt-config-"
+#~ "globalkeyshortcuts."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgid "Chapter 3.2.15 Users and Groups"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:4
-msgid "USers and groups lets you manage users and groups on your system."
+msgid "Users and groups lets you manage user and group settings on your system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:7
@@ -36,27 +36,110 @@ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Users and Groups."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:11
-msgid "Useage"
+msgid "Usage"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"To create a new useage create a new user enter your password to make sure"
+"The :guilabel:`Users` tab lets you manage Users. To create a new user "
-" it is really you enter the users name and username then enter the new "
+"account press the :guilabel:`Add` button. You will need to select the "
-"password twice by hand. To change the users permission click account type"
+"groups you want the user to be in unter the :guilabel:`Groups` tab. Once "
-" and enter your password and select desktop user to not give permission "
+"the user information and groups are set press the :guilabel:`OK` button. "
-"to change the system or admin to change system settings."
+"Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password. Next you "
+"will be prompted to enter the new password for the user. To change the "
+"users permission click account type and enter your password and select "
+"desktop user to not give permission to change the system or admin to "
+"change system settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:15
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:14
-msgid "How to launch"
+msgid ""
+"To view an info on a particaulr user press the :guilabel:`Properties` to "
+"bring up a dialog box or the accomplish the same thing by doubleclicking "
+"on the username. You can view the :guilabel:`Login Name` will show you "
+"the login name for the user and can be edited if you type in the box. The"
+" field :guilabel:`User ID` is the numerical internal id of your user. The"
+" field :guilabel:`Main Group` is the main group that is default group for"
+" files access to."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"To launch Users and groups from the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings "
+"The tab :guilabel:`Groups` under properties has checkboxes for each group"
-"-> users and groups. From LXQt configuration center under system settings"
+" you are in or which checkbox or each group you are not in."
-" press the button that looks like two people. Or you can run lxqt-admin-"
+msgstr ""
-"user from the command line."
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To change a user's password select the user in the list then press the "
+":guilabel:`Change Password` button you will be prompted to  enter the new"
+" password. Then you will be prompted to enter an administrative password "
+"to authenticate that you have permission to do this. To reload the info "
+"on users and groups press the :guilabel:`Refresh` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Groups` tabs lets you see info on groups and change "
+"properties. The :guilabel:`Name` field shows the name of the group. The "
+":guilabel:`Group ID` shows the numeric group id of the group in the name "
+"field. The :guilabel:`Members` show the members of the current group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"Changing user and group permissions without knowing what you are doing "
+"could break your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:27
+msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:33
+msgid "How to launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"To launch Users and groups from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
+"LXQt settings --> users and groups`. From LXQt configuration center under"
+" system settings press the button that looks like two people. Or you can "
+"run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.15/users_and_groups.rst:40
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "USers and groups lets you manage users and groups on your system."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Useage"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To create a new useage create a"
+#~ " new user enter your password to "
+#~ "make sure it is really you enter"
+#~ " the users name and username then "
+#~ "enter the new password twice by "
+#~ "hand. To change the users permission "
+#~ "click account type and enter your "
+#~ "password and select desktop user to "
+#~ "not give permission to change the "
+#~ "system or admin to change system "
+#~ "settings."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch Users and groups from "
+#~ "the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt "
+#~ "settings -> users and groups. From "
+#~ "LXQt configuration center under system "
+#~ "settings press the button that looks "
+#~ "like two people. Or you can run"
+#~ " lxqt-admin-user from the command "
+#~ "line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -36,14 +36,80 @@ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.0 of Window effects."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:12
-msgid "How to Launch"
+msgid "Useage"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"To launch window effects from the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt Settings -> "
+"The :guilabel:`Shadow` tab manages how compton draws shadows. To toggle "
-"Window effects or run compton-conf from the command line. From LXQt "
+"enable client side shadows press the Enable client side shadows checkbox."
-"configuration center press the gear button with a c in it to launch "
+" The checkbox for Aviod drawing shadows on dock/panel windows will stop "
-"Window Effects."
+"drawing shadows on the panel. The label for color lets you change the "
+"color of your shadows. The field for blur radius for shadows changes how "
+"big to blur the shadows. The :guilabel:`left offset for shadows` is how "
+"far to move the shadows to the left with a larger number makes the shadow"
+" appear farther to the right. The :guilabel:`top offset for shadows` the "
+"larger the number farther down the shadow appears below the window. The "
+"field for :guilabel:`translucany for shadows` is how opaque or clear to "
+"make the shadows 1 is opqaque shadows and 0 is clear. The :guilabel:`Crop"
+" shadows of maximized windows from extended displays` checkbox does not "
+"have shadows across multimonitor layouts on other monitors from windows "
+"on another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`opacity` tab is for transparency settings. Setting Opacity"
+" to 1.00 makes it opaque while 0 makes it entirely clear. Menus, inactive"
+" windows, active windows titlebars and borders all can have their opacity"
+" changed indepently. The :guilabel:`Blur background of transparent "
+"windows` blurs the background of transparent windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Fade` tab manages fading windows opening or closing or "
+"opacity changes. There is a checkbox for :guilabel:`fade windows during "
+"opactity changes` so if the opacity changes it will smoothly fade. To "
+"have a slower  time between fade in miliseconds increase the "
+":guilabel:`The time between steps in a fade in miliseconds`. With this "
+"settings windows will fade in and out when opened and closed unless you "
+"don't them to which you can check the :guilabel:`Avoid fade in out when "
+"windows opening/closing`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"To have your settings applied you will need to press the "
+":guilabel:`apply` button. If you want to cancel your changes press the "
+":guilabel:`cancel` button."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:28
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"To launch window effects from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
+"LXQt Settings --> Window effects` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.16/window_effects.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"from the command line. From LXQt configuration center press the gear "
+"button with a c in it to launch Window Effects. Of course for this to "
+"have any effect the compton compistor needs to be running so see chapter "
+"3.2.13 for how to autostart applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch window effects from the "
+#~ "menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt Settings "
+#~ "-> Window effects or run compton-"
+#~ "conf from the command line. From "
+#~ "LXQt configuration center press the gear"
+#~ " button with a c in it to "
+#~ "launch Window Effects."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.po

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 3.2.17 Alternatives configurator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"To configure your alternatives like your default web browser and more "
+"applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:7
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:8
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.0.1 of galternatives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:11
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To select the command to choose your alternatives for the default program"
+" for something such as your default text editor if you have mulitple "
+"programs installed by left clicking what to be the alternative on the "
+"left sidebar. On the right side of the window will have a radio button to"
+" choose which editor you want to use. When you change your alternative "
+"you will input your password to authenticate to change your default "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To show a search for the different application groups press the button "
+"that looks like a magnifying glass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:17
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:21
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To launch Alternatives configurator from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Preferences --> Alternatives configurator` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.17/alternative_configurator.rst:28
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.po

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 3.2.19 Printers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:4
+msgid "Pritners allows you to configure your printer and show your print queue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:7
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"To view your print queue right click on the printer and right click view "
+"print queue or with the printer slected press :kbd:`Control+F` or "
+":menuselection:`Printer --> View Print Queue` and if a job is held you "
+"can restart it. To view the properties of printer or make changes with "
+":menuselection:`Printer --> Properties`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If you want to delete a printer :menuselection:`Printer --> Delete` after"
+" left clicking on the printer will delete the printer after you left "
+"click on it and you will be asked to confirm so you do not accidently "
+"delete your printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:13
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:17
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:18
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1.5.11 of printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:21
+msgid "How to launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To launch printers from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
+"Printers` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.19/Printers.rst:28
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.po

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 3.2.2 Appearance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Appearnce is a program that changes the theming of lxqt for a different "
+"visual look."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:8
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:9
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of appearance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:12
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"To change the useage Qt widget will change the buttons and tooblbars look"
+" on lubuntu in Qt applications. Check the checkbox :guilabel:`apply Set "
+"GTk` settings will apply native themes to GTk applications. The field for"
+" :guilabel:`GTK 2 Theme` will select a theme for GTK2 applications. The "
+":guilabel:`GTK3 theme` field sets the theme with GTK3 applications. The "
+"checkbox :guilabel:`Activate on single click` has makes things you "
+"normally need two clicks for one click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`icons theme tab` changes desktop icons on your computer "
+"and if you click on the icon theme which is previewed on horizontal rows."
+" The icon theme is will change how all the icon look and how some button "
+"looks in other windows as well for like reset button as well. The "
+":guilabel:`Colorize Icons based on widget style` will slightly change the"
+" background icons with the color of the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"The tab for :guilabel:`LXQt theme` lets you change how the panel and "
+"notifictions appear. To change the theme left click on the theme name to "
+"change the theme. To the left of the theme name there is a small preview "
+"of the panel and the default button for the panel. The checkbox "
+":guilabel:`Override user-defined wallpaper` changes your wallpaper to one"
+" that comes with the LXQt theme."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:25
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Font` tab has settings for fonts. To change the font size "
+"that desktop applications use choose the font tab and change the "
+":guilabel:`point size` and enter in the size you want or use the up and "
+"down arrows to increase or decrease font size respectively. To change the"
+" default font there is a drop down box for font name that you can type "
+"the font name you or select from the drop down menu. The checkbox for  "
+":guilabel:`use antialias fonts` and :guilabel:`font hinting` for fonts "
+"lets you also set antialiased fonts which are enabled for easier screen "
+"viewing. The :guilabel:`Resolution(DPI)` sets the resolution or dots per "
+"inch of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab has one option to change cursor theme lets you"
+" change how the cursor looks with two themes installed by default but "
+"more available in the package repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"If you want to reset your changes you will need to click the "
+":guilabel:`reset` button to revert your changes to how they were before."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:35
+msgid "How to launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"To launch appearnce in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> Lxqt "
+"settings --> appearance`. Another way is to press the Appearance button "
+"from LXQt configuration center or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.2/appearance.rst:42
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.po

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 3.2.20 Screensaver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Screensave is an application to control what screensavers are used on the"
+" system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:7
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`mode` drop down has 4 settings Disable turns off the "
+"screensaver, blank screen only just turns the screen itself off, one "
+"screensaver sets one screensaver, and random screensaver selects a random"
+" screensaver. To set how long it takes your screen to go to the "
+"screensaver change the field that says :guilabel:`blank after` to the "
+"number of minutres you want the system to be idle before starting the "
+"screensaver. If you have a random screensaver set you can change with the"
+" number of minutes it says with cycle after for when the screensaver will"
+" change to another one. The checkbox for :guilabel:`lock screen after` "
+"takes the number of minutes to lock the screen and the number of minutes "
+"is how many minutes it takes to lock the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If you try to select a screensaver that is not installed it will not show"
+" on the right hand side of the window. To preview a screensaver as when "
+"it would be activated press the :guilabel:`Preview` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"If you want to kill the daemon :menuselection:`File --> Kill Daemon`. To "
+"restart the screensaver daemon :menuselection:`File --> Restart Daemon`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"If you try to open the screensaver settings without having the "
+"screensaver daemon running you will bring up a dialog if you want to "
+"launch it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:17
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:21
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:22
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.36 of Screensaver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:25
+msgid "How to launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To launch screensaver from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
+"Screensaver` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.20/screensaver.rst:32
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -37,31 +37,66 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "To use brightness click on the dial towards the right window of the "
-"window. To make the screen dimmer use the left arrow key or click on the "
+"window. To make the screen dimmer use the :kbd:`left arrow` key or click "
-"dial and drag it towards the left.  If you want to make the screen more "
+"on the dial and drag it towards the left. If you want to make the screen "
-"bright press the right arrow key or drag the dial towards the right."
+"more bright press the :kbd:`right arrow` key or drag the dial towards the"
+" right. After doing this you will be asked to confirm the current "
+"brightness is ok while needing to select :guilabel:`yes`. If you do not "
+"respond it will go back to the old brightness which is useful because if "
+"you made your screen illegible it will revert to the old settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:11
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want to confirmation click the :guilabel:`Require "
+"Confirmation after settings change`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:13
 msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:15
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:17
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:16
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:18
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with 0.13.0 of Brightness."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:19
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:21
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:20
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:22
 msgid ""
-"To launch brightness from the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings -> "
+"To launch brightness from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
-"Brightness. Another way is to press the birghtness button on LXQt "
+"settings --> Brightness`. Another way is to press the birghtness button "
-"configuration center or run lxqt-config-brightness from the commandline."
+"on LXQt configuration center or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.3/brightness.rst:28
+msgid "from the commandline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use brightness click on the "
+#~ "dial towards the right window of "
+#~ "the window. To make the screen "
+#~ "dimmer use the left arrow key or"
+#~ " click on the dial and drag it"
+#~ " towards the left.  If you want "
+#~ "to make the screen more bright "
+#~ "press the right arrow key or drag"
+#~ " the dial towards the right."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch brightness from the menu "
+#~ "-> Prefrences -> LXQt settings -> "
+#~ "Brightness. Another way is to press "
+#~ "the birghtness button on LXQt "
+#~ "configuration center or run lxqt-"
+#~ "config-brightness from the commandline."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -36,29 +36,72 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"If you want to toggle synchronizing the time of network press the radio "
+"The tab for :guilabel:`Date and time` sets what time it is and settings "
-"button of Enable network time synchronization button. To change the "
+"for synchronize it via the network.If you want to toggle synchronizing "
-"timezone of your computer press the timezone gear and select your time "
+"the time of network press the radio button of Enable network time "
-"zone from the long list."
+"synchronization button. To change the timezone of your computer left "
+"click the :guilabel:`timezone` tab and select your time zone from the "
+"long list. The checkbox for :guilabel:`RTC is in local time` is for the "
+"real time clock on your motherboard being in local time rather than UTC."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:11
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:10
-msgid "Version"
+msgid ""
+"If you do not wish to synchronize your clock via network time protocol "
+"uncheck the :guilabel:`Enable network time synchroniziation (NTP)` "
+"checkbox. Once NTP is disabled you want to be able to change your time "
+"locally you will be able to change your time by typing your time in the "
+"correct time."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:12
-msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time."
+msgid ""
+"To cancel your changes to in date and time press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
+"button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:15
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:21
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:22
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Date and time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:25
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:16
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.4/date_and_time.rst:26
 msgid ""
-"To launch date and time from the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings -> "
+"To launch date and time from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
-"Date and Time. From LXQt configuration center under the system settings "
+"LXQt settings --> Date and Time`. From LXQt configuration center under "
-"header at the bottom press the date and time button or from the command "
+"the system settings header at the bottom press the date and time button "
-"line run lxqt-admin-time."
+"or from the command line run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to toggle synchronizing "
+#~ "the time of network press the "
+#~ "radio button of Enable network time "
+#~ "synchronization button. To change the "
+#~ "timezone of your computer press the "
+#~ "timezone gear and select your time "
+#~ "zone from the long list."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch date and time from the"
+#~ " menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings"
+#~ " -> Date and Time. From LXQt "
+#~ "configuration center under the system "
+#~ "settings header at the bottom press "
+#~ "the date and time button or from"
+#~ " the command line run lxqt-admin-"
+#~ "time."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -45,35 +45,111 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "To change the desktop background you can either type the path of the file"
 " you can type in Wallpaper image file or use browse to bring up a dialog "
-"to choose which the desktop."
+"to choose which the desktop. The drop down of wallpaper mode lets you "
+"change how the image you select for a wallpaper changes. If you want an "
+"image to have multiple copies of a smaller image select tile image from "
+"the drop down. If you do not want an image and just a solid color select "
+"fill with background color only."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:15
 msgid ""
-"The drop down menu for icon size lets you choose a different size of "
+"The drop down menu for :guilabel:`icon size` lets you choose a different "
-"desktop icons you can chooose a size that looks good on your screen."
+"size of desktop icons you can choose a size that looks good on your "
+"screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:18
 msgid ""
-"The box labeled select font lets you choose which font and size "
+"The box labeled :guilabel:`select font` lets you choose which font and "
-"information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font to "
+"size information from a dialog box. On the left is a box for which font "
-"select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you "
+"to select on on the bottom or type the name on top. The middle lets you "
 "choose the font style of the font on your desktop. On the far right is a "
 "choice for the size of your font which you can select from the menu. The "
-"box for text color brings up a widget to pick color of either the text "
+"box  :guilabel:`select text color` brings up a widget to pick color of "
-"color or the shadow color of the icons."
+"either the text color or the shadow color of the icons. The field "
+":guilabel:`Select shadow color` changes the shadow on the shadow around "
+"the icon."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:21
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The tab :guilabel:`Slide Show` shows settings for slide show of changing "
+"your wallpaper automatically like a slide show. The checkbox "
+":guilabel:`Enable Slide Show` enables the slide show that auto changes "
+"your wallpaper. The field :guilabel:`Wallpaper image folder` changes the "
+"path to find the different pictures for the slideshow or to find a folder"
+" press the :guilabel:`Browse` button.  To change how long it takes for "
+"the slideshow of the desktop background to change change the fields in "
+":guilabel:`Interval` for changing how fast the slideshow changes. To "
+"randomize the order in which the pictures change check/uncheck the "
+":guilabel:`Randomize the slide show` checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:24
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:28
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:22
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"To launch desktop from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
+"settings --> Desktop`. Or from LXQt configuration center press the "
+"desktop button to launch it or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.5/desktop.rst:35
 msgid ""
-"To launch desktop from the menu -> prefrences -> LXQt settings -> "
+"from the command line. Another way to launch this is to right click on "
-"Desktop. Or from LXQt configuration center press the desktop button to "
+"the desktop desktop preferences."
-"launch it or run pcmanfm-qt --desktop-pref. Another way to launch this is"
-" to right click on the desktop desktop prefrences."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To change the desktop background you "
+#~ "can either type the path of the"
+#~ " file you can type in Wallpaper "
+#~ "image file or use browse to bring"
+#~ " up a dialog to choose which "
+#~ "the desktop."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The drop down menu for icon size"
+#~ " lets you choose a different size "
+#~ "of desktop icons you can chooose a"
+#~ " size that looks good on your "
+#~ "screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The box labeled select font lets "
+#~ "you choose which font and size "
+#~ "information from a dialog box. On "
+#~ "the left is a box for which "
+#~ "font to select on on the bottom"
+#~ " or type the name on top. The"
+#~ " middle lets you choose the font "
+#~ "style of the font on your desktop."
+#~ " On the far right is a choice"
+#~ " for the size of your font "
+#~ "which you can select from the "
+#~ "menu. The box for text color "
+#~ "brings up a widget to pick color"
+#~ " of either the text color or "
+#~ "the shadow color of the icons."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch desktop from the menu ->"
+#~ " prefrences -> LXQt settings -> "
+#~ "Desktop. Or from LXQt configuration "
+#~ "center press the desktop button to "
+#~ "launch it or run pcmanfm-qt "
+#~ "--desktop-pref. Another way to launch "
+#~ "this is to right click on the "
+#~ "desktop desktop prefrences."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -36,31 +36,70 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"To change where Desktop notifications appear on your screen click the "
+"The :guilabel:`Basic Settings` tab lets you change where Desktop "
-"button that appears on the portion of your screen where you want them "
+"notifications appear on your screen click the button that appears on the "
-"with the outline being your window under the basic settings tab. To "
+"portion of your screen where you want them with the outline being your "
-"change duration of desktop notifications there is up and down to add or "
+"window."
-"reduce the number of seconds to show notifications for the default is 10 "
-"seconds. The sizes width lets you choose how wide to make notifications."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:11
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"On the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` lets you change duration of desktop "
+"notifications there is up and down to add or reduce the number of seconds"
+" to show notifications for the default is 10 seconds. The sizes "
+":guilabel:`width` field lets you choose how wide to make notifications. "
+"The :guilabel:`spacing` field changes how far to place the notification "
+"from each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:13
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:12
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:18
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of desktop notifications."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:16
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:22
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:17
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.6/desktop_notifications.rst:23
 msgid ""
-"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt "
+"To launch Desktop notifications from the menu :menuselection:`Preferences"
-"settings -> Desktop Notifications. In lxqt-configuration center press the"
+" --> LXQt settings --> Desktop Notifications`. In lxqt-configuration "
-" Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. To launch the "
+"center press the Desktop Notification button which looks like a giant !. "
-"configuration from the command line run lxqt-config-configurationd."
+"To launch the configuration from the command line run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To change where Desktop notifications "
+#~ "appear on your screen click the "
+#~ "button that appears on the portion "
+#~ "of your screen where you want them"
+#~ " with the outline being your window"
+#~ " under the basic settings tab. To "
+#~ "change duration of desktop notifications "
+#~ "there is up and down to add "
+#~ "or reduce the number of seconds to"
+#~ " show notifications for the default "
+#~ "is 10 seconds. The sizes width "
+#~ "lets you choose how wide to make"
+#~ " notifications."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch Desktop notifications from the"
+#~ " menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings"
+#~ " -> Desktop Notifications. In lxqt-"
+#~ "configuration center press the Desktop "
+#~ "Notification button which looks like a"
+#~ " giant !. To launch the configuration"
+#~ " from the command line run lxqt-"
+#~ "config-configurationd."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.po

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 3.2.7 File Associations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:4
+msgid "File associations changes the default application when opening a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:8
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:9
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of file associations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:12
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"To search for which file extenstion you want to change to open in another"
+" program you can search in the top box for that file format. On the left "
+"is really long list of all mimetype that you can change but searching for"
+" a particular one will be much faster. To expand a particular group of "
+"mimetypes from the group on the left pres the :guilabel:`+` button.  To "
+"collapse a group of mimetypes press the :guilabel:`-` button. Once you "
+"find the filetype you want to change on the top right it tells you what "
+"kind of file that mimetype is and shows the extensions. The current "
+"default is shown on the lower right with a change button that brings up a"
+" menu for you to change it to something else. To change a default press "
+"the :guilabel:`Change` button and it brings up a menu to choose the new "
+"default program for this kind of file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To reset your changes press the :guilabel:`reset` button if you don't "
+"want to keep your buttons. Once you are happy with your choices press the"
+" :guilabel:`close` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:18
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:22
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.7/file_associations.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"From the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt settings --> file "
+"associations` or from the command line run"
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -43,43 +43,125 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag the slider next to "
+"The :guilabel:`Mouse` tab provides settings for how fast the mouse moves "
-"sensitivity towards the right or conversely to decrease senseativity drag"
+"scrolls and double clicks. To increase the sensitivity of the mouse drag "
-" the slider towards less sensitivity. To increase acceleration of the "
+"the slider next to sensitivity towards the right or conversely to "
-"mouse drag the slider to the right for accelration and to make the mouse "
+"decrease sensitivity drag the slider towards less sensitivity. To "
-"accelerate slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply "
+"increase acceleration of the mouse drag the :guilabel:`acceleration` "
-"immediately so make sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not "
+"slider to the right for acceleration and to make the mouse accelerate "
-"like the new settings press the reset button to go back to your previous "
+"slower drag it to the left. The settings should apply immediately so make"
+" sure the mouse moves how you want it. If you do not like the new "
+"settings press the :guilabel:`reset` button to go back to your previous "
 "settings."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:14
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to only have to click once to activate buttons normally "
-"requiring two clicks check the single click to activate items checkbox. "
+"requiring two clicks check the :guilabel:`single click to activate items`"
-"If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse press the left "
+" checkbox. If you wish to swap left and right buttons on your mouse check"
-"handed button on the mouse. Note that this also swaps the button on a "
+" the :guilabel:`left handed` checkbox. Note that this also swaps the "
-"touchpad."
+"button on a touchpad."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:16
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`cursor` tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme "
+"which is quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the "
+"cursor does not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a "
+"theme scroll down to which theme you want under preview but you will have"
+" to logout and log back in again for this to fully take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Keyboard` tab has settings for changing keyboard settings."
+" If you want to change how quickly it takes to repeat a keyboard shortcut"
+" move the slider to the right on the :guilabel:`repeat delay` to take "
+"longer to repeat key presses or to the left to decrease the time it takes"
+" to repeat. The :guilabel:`repeat interval` is how quickly after the "
+"repeat delay the held down key will repeat itself which moving to the "
+"right will make it take longer to increase while to the left will make it"
+" take a short time to repeat itself. The :guilabel:`turn on numlock after"
+" login` checkbox will make it like numlock is set on login on your "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:26
 msgid ""
-"The cursor tab on the left lets you change your cursor theme which is "
+"The :guilabel:`Keyboard Layout` tab has settings to add a new keyboard "
-"quite useful if you are say running virtual machines so the cursor does "
+"layout. In the top center of the window is a listing of your current "
-"not look the same in the host and the guest. To change a theme scroll "
+"keyboard layout and any varaint applied to it. To add a keyboard layout "
-"down to which theme you want under preview but you will have to logout "
+"press the :guilabel:`Add button`. To remove the keyboard layout left "
-"and log back in again for this to fully take effect."
+"click on the keyboard and press the :guilabel:`Remove` button. To move a "
+"keyboard layout up or down press the :guilabel:`Up` or :guilabel:`Down` "
+"buttons. To change your keyboard model in choose your keyboard model in "
+"the :guilabel:`Keyboard model` drop down."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:19
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:31
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:20
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.8/keyboard_and_mouse.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings -> "
+"To launch Keyboard and Mouse use menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> "
-"keyboards and mouse. In LXQt configuration center press the keyboard and "
+"LXQt settings --> keyboards and mouse`. In LXQt configuration center "
-"mouse button and keyboard and mouse. From the command line run lxqt-"
+"press the keyboard and mouse button and keyboard and mouse or from the "
-"config-input."
+"command line run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To increase the sensitivity of the "
+#~ "mouse drag the slider next to "
+#~ "sensitivity towards the right or "
+#~ "conversely to decrease senseativity drag "
+#~ "the slider towards less sensitivity. To"
+#~ " increase acceleration of the mouse "
+#~ "drag the slider to the right for"
+#~ " accelration and to make the mouse"
+#~ " accelerate slower drag it to the "
+#~ "left. The settings should apply "
+#~ "immediately so make sure the mouse "
+#~ "moves how you want it. If you "
+#~ "do not like the new settings press"
+#~ " the reset button to go back to"
+#~ " your previous settings."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you wish to only have to "
+#~ "click once to activate buttons normally"
+#~ " requiring two clicks check the "
+#~ "single click to activate items checkbox."
+#~ " If you wish to swap left and"
+#~ " right buttons on your mouse press"
+#~ " the left handed button on the "
+#~ "mouse. Note that this also swaps "
+#~ "the button on a touchpad."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The cursor tab on the left lets"
+#~ " you change your cursor theme which"
+#~ " is quite useful if you are say"
+#~ " running virtual machines so the "
+#~ "cursor does not look the same in"
+#~ " the host and the guest. To "
+#~ "change a theme scroll down to "
+#~ "which theme you want under preview "
+#~ "but you will have to logout and"
+#~ " log back in again for this to"
+#~ " fully take effect."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch Keyboard and Mouse use "
+#~ "menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings "
+#~ "-> keyboards and mouse. In LXQt "
+#~ "configuration center press the keyboard "
+#~ "and mouse button and keyboard and "
+#~ "mouse. From the command line run "
+#~ "lxqt-config-input."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -30,21 +30,54 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:7
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To change your locale the :guilabel:`Region` shows the name of your local"
+" and in the drop down menu you can type the name of your locale to search"
+" through the locales or scroll through the long list. Under the "
+":guilabel:`Examples` will show how numbers Time Currency and measurment "
+"units will be shown on your system. If you do not like the changes you "
+"can press the :guilabel:`Reset` button. The checkbox for "
+":guilabel:`Detailed settings` allows for even more customization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:15
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:8
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:16
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of Locale."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:11
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:19
 msgid "How to Launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:12
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:20
 msgid ""
-"To luaunch locale in the menu -> Prefrences -> LXQt settings -> locale or"
+"To launch locale in the menu :menuselection:`Preferences --> LXQt "
-" run lxqt-config-locale from the command line. In LXQt configuration "
+"settings --> locale` or run"
-"center press the locale button that looks like a flag."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/3.2.9/locale.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"from the command line. In LXQt configuration center press the locale "
+"button that looks like a flag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To luaunch locale in the menu ->"
+#~ " Prefrences -> LXQt settings -> "
+#~ "locale or run lxqt-config-locale "
+#~ "from the command line. In LXQt "
+#~ "configuration center press the locale "
+#~ "button that looks like a flag."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/3.2/Preferences.po

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 3.2 Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/3.2/Preferences.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapter sets up the many preferences included within lubuntu for "
+"themeing and customization. Be aware that this likely will make your "
+"system look different than the screenshots in this manual."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.po

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 3 System Tools and Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/3/System_Tools_and_Preferences.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapter contains details on tools to manage your system and to "
+"change preferences on Lubuntu."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.1/discover.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,13 +20,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover"
+msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover Software Center"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:3
 msgid ""
-"Discover is a software center. It allows you to install and remove "
+"Discover allows you to install and remove programs and utilities. It has "
-"programs and utilities."
+"a simplistic interface making it easy to navigate and use. Discover "
+"however only shows GUI application packages so if you are looking for "
+"command line packages please use muon instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:6
@@ -39,42 +41,126 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking on a program will give you a description of it. When installing "
 "or removing software, you will be prompted for your password. You can "
 "also browse through different categories on the left clicking on the "
-"different categories."
+"different categories. To move back from a category or search press the "
+":guilabel:`back` button which functions similar to the back button in a "
+"web browser. In the results after selecting your program you are looking "
+"at you can select a screenshot and get a bigger view of the screenshot "
+"click on the screenshot. To exit from the screenshoot press :kbd:`Escape`"
+" or click not on the screenshot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:9
 msgid ""
-"Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on "
+"To view user reviews of a program click on the text :guilabel:`Show All "
-"the bottom of the left column. You can click the button to \"check for "
+"Reviews`. To exit the user reviews press :kbd:`Escape` or click outside "
-"updates\" manually."
+"the areas of reviews."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:11
 msgid ""
-"To remove software use the Installed tab. You can browse your installed "
+"To search for programs in discover type in the search bar in the upper "
-"packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and the click "
+"left or press :kbd:`Control + F`. To view featured applications press the"
-"the remove button to remove software."
+" blue rectangle on the top left hand corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"Discover allows you to update software using the Updates tab located on "
+"the bottom of the left column. You can click the :guilabel:`Check for "
+"updates` button to check for updates manually. If you have updates that "
+"need to be installed Update with a gear and will be highlighted in orange"
+" and the number of updates that are available. When you select updates to"
+" install and have updates towards the upper left shows you the number of "
+"packages to update and the size of the download in parenthisis. To "
+"finally update press the :guilabel:`Update All` button to install all "
+"updates and then you will need to enter your password to make sure you "
+"are installing these updates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To remove software use the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. You can browse your"
+" installed packages, search using the search bar (upper left corner), and"
+" the click the remove button to remove software by pressing the "
+":guilabel:`Remove` button. If you have a program installed there will "
+"also be a :guilabel:`Launch` button will actually launch this program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"In the upper right corner of discover you can have a :guilabel:`Sort` "
+"category to sort your search results by name, rating, size, and release "
+"date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:14
+#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20
 msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:19
+#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:26
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:20
+#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:27
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of Discover."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:23
+#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:30
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:24
+#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:31
 msgid ""
-"To launch Discover from the menu -> System Tools -> Discover or run "
+"To launch Discover from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools --> "
-"plasma-discover from the command line."
+"Discover` or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/4/4.1/discover.rst:37
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Chapter 4.1 Discover"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Discover is a software center. It "
+#~ "allows you to install and remove "
+#~ "programs and utilities."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Discover allows you to search for "
+#~ "applications by using the search box."
+#~ " Clicking on a program will give "
+#~ "you a description of it. When "
+#~ "installing or removing software, you "
+#~ "will be prompted for your password. "
+#~ "You can also browse through different"
+#~ " categories on the left clicking on"
+#~ " the different categories."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Discover allows you to update software"
+#~ " using the Updates tab located on "
+#~ "the bottom of the left column. You"
+#~ " can click the button to \"check "
+#~ "for updates\" manually."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To remove software use the Installed "
+#~ "tab. You can browse your installed "
+#~ "packages, search using the search bar"
+#~ " (upper left corner), and the click"
+#~ " the remove button to remove "
+#~ "software."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch Discover from the menu "
+#~ "-> System Tools -> Discover or run"
+#~ " plasma-discover from the command "
+#~ "line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.2/muon.po

@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 4.2 Muon Package Manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Muon package manager is an alternative GUI for installing and updating "
+"updating packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:7
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"To update your packages press the gear button with a clockwise pointed "
+"arrow. If updates are available press the upward pointing arrow with a "
+"dot on top to install the updates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"To search for a program to install type into the bar at the top that says"
+" :guilabel:`search`. If you find something you want to install you can "
+"right click and then mark for installation. When the package you want to "
+"install has additional dependencies will show up if you think twice about"
+" wanting to install you can click the :guilabel:`cancel` button to not "
+"pull in all those dependeices or press :guilabel:`ok` to continue looking"
+" for software to install. To apply your changes you can press the green "
+"checkbox button that says apply changes and you will end up entering your"
+" password to confirm you want to install and then the package will be "
+"installed. If you want to undo the the last operation you have done for "
+"installing packages press :kbd:`Control+z` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
+"Undo`. To get rid of all your marked packages for installation "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Unmark All`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Package` shows the package name and a short description of"
+" the package. The :guilabel:`Status` shows what the current status of the"
+" package is. The :guilabel:`Requested` shows what status you want for the"
+" package. To revesrse the sort order of packages press the triangle "
+"button just to the left of the :guilabel:`Status` column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To select the next package left click on the list of packages press the "
+":kbd:`Down Arrow` key to move to the next selected package. To select the"
+" previous package left click on the list of packages above press the "
+":kbd:`Up Arrow`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"When you find your package you want to install on the bottom half of the "
+"screen there is a bar of tabs. The :guilabel:`detail` tab has a "
+"description of the package you are currently selected. The "
+":guilabel:`Technical Details` will show you where the package comes from "
+"what category it is and what the installed size would be and what size it"
+" takes to download the package. The :guilabel:`depenedncies` tab shows "
+"you what other packages are needed by the package you wish to install. To"
+" view the changes of a package the :guilabel:`Changes List` and scroll "
+"down to view them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"If you want to see your history of package updates and installed from the"
+" :menuselection:`menu --> view --> history` or press :kbd:`control + h`. "
+"To view all installed packes on the left hand side of the window under "
+"filetered click the divider for :guilabel:`By status` and select "
+":guilabel:`installed`. now in the upper main part of the window will be a"
+" window with a scrollbar to see all packages on your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If you remove some packages you may have packages that were dependencies "
+"that are no longer needed anymore you can check on this by clicking the "
+"divider on the left hand side by :menuselection:`By Status --> Installed"
+"(auto-removeable)` will show if you have packages that are now able to be"
+" removed without any problems that are no longer serving a purpose. Then "
+"select the :guilabel:`Mark for Removeal` button. If you just want to mark"
+" all packages for removal :menuselection:`Edit --> Remove Unesscary "
+"Packages`. Then of course you will need to press the :guilabel:`Apply "
+"Changes` button to apply changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To check for updates in muon press :kbd:`Control + R` or the gear button "
+"with an arrow or :menuselection:`Edit --> Check for Updates`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"If you want to save all of your packages on a text file you can "
+":menuselection:`File --> Save Download Pakcage List`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"On the bottom of muon package manager there is a toolbar that states how "
+"many packages are available, installed, and upgradeable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To view and configure your shortcuts :menuselection:`Settings --> "
+"Configure Shortcuts` and a window to open shortcuts will appear. The "
+"column for :guilabel:`Action` says what the keyboard shortcut will do. "
+"The column  :guilabel:`shortcut` will let you have a shortcut to apply "
+"changes. To add shortcut to something that does not have it press the "
+"small faint :menuselection:`-->` will bring a drop down menu and presss "
+"the button next to the word :guilabel:`Custom` and input :kbd:`Your "
+"shortcut here`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To hide the toolbar uncheck the :menuselection:`Settings --> Show "
+"Toolbar` checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:33
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:37
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:38
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 4:5.8.0 of muon package manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:41
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"To launch muon package manager from the menu :menuselection:`System Tools"
+" --> Muon package manager` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:48
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:52
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.2/muon.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To get to your prefrences for Muon package manager "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Muon Package Manager`. The "
+"checkbox :guilabel:`Ask To confirm changes that affect other packages` "
+"brings up confirmation dialog when you will affect multiple packages. The"
+" checkbox :guilabel:`Treat reccomended packages as dependencies` will "
+"always install all recommended packages as depenencies and will "
+"automatically install one when you install a recommended package."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/4.3/software_sources.po

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 4.3 Managing Software Sources"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Occasionally you may need to change the setting of you software sources. "
+"This could involve:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"changing update settings like update frequency, notification of new "
+"releases,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:8
+msgid "adding or removing sources such as PPAs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:9
+msgid "changing download server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:10
+msgid "etc,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:14
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:16
+msgid "You can navigate the Software Sources using the tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"Ubuntu Software contains settings involving the downloading of software "
+"from Ubuntu repositories. Here you can disable proprietary software and "
+"select a download server among other things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Other software allows you to add, remove or edit other software sources. "
+"Here you can manage remote repositories (PPAs) and CD-ROM repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"Updates allows you set which software updates you would like to subscribe"
+" to, in this case Security, Recommended, Pre-released (unstable), and "
+"Unsupported updates. You can also set how frequently your system will "
+"automatically check for updates and what actions it should take, namely "
+"notify you, download (without notification), or install updates. You can "
+"also specify which releases you would like to be notified of, Normal "
+"Releases, Long term releases or Never."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:21
+msgid ""
+"Authentication manages key files which ensure your downloads are not "
+"compromised, basically ensuring you are download from a reliable source "
+"and your download has not been intercepted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"Submitting statistical data will improve the Ubuntu experience allowing "
+"developers to know which software you are downloading anonymously. We "
+"urge you to enable this feature but it is disabled by default as Lubuntu "
+"has an \"Opt-in\" philosophy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:25
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:26
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.96.27 of software properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:29
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:33
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"In Muon Package Manager :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Software "
+"Sources`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"In Discover Software Center :menuselection:`Settings --> Ubuntu (Default)"
+" --> Settings (Gear icon) --> Software Sources`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:40
+msgid "command line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/4/4.3/software_sources.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"tags:ppa, software, download, sources, release, update, discover, muon, "
+"security,"
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,6 +20,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software"
+msgid "Chapter 4 Installing, Updating, and Removing Software"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/4/Installing_Updating_and_Removing_Software.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapter will teach you how to use GUI to install update and remove "
+"software and manage sources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Chapter 4 Installing Updating and Removing Software"
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -38,14 +38,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:8
 msgid ""
 "The application menu allows you to browse and search through available "
-"programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this. The "
+"programs; a keyboard shortcut is conveniently available for this and is "
-"desktop switcher allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, "
+"set to :kbd:`Alt +F1` by default. The menu has many subcategories to "
-"allowing you to keep your workspace organized. The quick launch bar "
+"launch each application. The leave menu has how to Hibernate, Leave, "
-"allows you to conveniently launch your file explorer (PCManFM Qt) and web"
+"Logout, Reboot, Shutdown, or Suspend. If you mouseover a program you can "
-" browser (Firefox)."
+"see a description of that program in the menu. The desktop switcher "
+"allows you to switch to another virtual desktop, allowing you to keep "
+"your workspace organized. The quick launch bar allows you to conveniently"
+" launch your file explorer (PCManFM) and web browser (Firefox). To add a "
+"program to quick launch open the menu and find it there and drag it down "
+"onto the panel."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:12
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:13
 msgid ""
 "The taskbar lists the windows you currently have open. To bring one of "
 "these windows to focus simply left click the windows on the task bar. If "
@@ -55,36 +60,325 @@ msgid ""
 " close all."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:16
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"On a single window to move it to a different desktop right click to "
+"desktop to move the desired desktop. The item to current desktop moves "
+"the window to your current virtual desktop. Right clicking move lets you "
+"drag the application around to the desired point on the desktop. The "
+"resize option from the same window lets you resize the window you right "
+"clicked on. Right click and then select maximize on a window to maximize "
+"it. Right clicking on window Restore will have a window back to its "
+"orginal size. If you right click minimize on the window will minimize "
+"your window. Right clicking roll up on a window will make the window only"
+" your titlebar. Right clicking to layer will allow you to have move a "
+"window always on top, normal, and always on bottom. Finally to close a "
+"window with right click on the taskbar and select close will close the "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The removeable media applet will allow you to manage your remove flash "
+"drives and external hard drives and to unmount them without data loss on "
+"your system. To unmount such devices left click on the panel that looks "
+"like a disk and then click the eject button that is an upward pointing "
+"arrow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "In the system tray there there are multiple widgets. With the volume "
 "applet you can change the volume by using the mouse-wheel with the mouse "
 "over the speaker icon left click the speaker icon and drag the volume up "
-"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom. To the far right "
+"and down and toggle mute with the button at the bottom or middle click on"
-"is a clock, you can click the clock to bring up a pop up calendar window."
+" the volume applet.  To the far right is a clock, you can click the clock"
+" to bring up a pop up calendar window."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:20
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "As mentioned before, the panel is highly configurable and you can "
 "customize it by right clicking at various places."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:23
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:31
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"To change many panel settings right click not on the main taskbar and "
+"click the  gear button for panel settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Panel` tab has settings for the color and position of the "
+"panel. To move the panel their is a drop down menu of position that can "
+"move it to the side of the screen you want. The :guilabel:`alignment` "
+"drop down menu lets you set the alignment of the panel on your screen if "
+"you choose to move it or make it only a portion of the screen. The "
+":guilabel:`size` menu lets you increase or decrease the width of the "
+"panel. :guilabel:`Length` has two fields the one is either px or percent "
+"is for to change the length of the panel in pixels while  percent is a "
+"percent of the entire screen size that changes if you change resolution. "
+"The first is the number of pixels or percent of the screen you want the "
+"panel to cover. The icon size makes the size of the icons bigger or "
+"smaller on the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"If you want to autohide the panel check the :guilabel:`Auto-hide` "
+"checkbox in panel settings. To show how long your panel will appear when "
+"it comes back after hiding in miliseconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Widgets` lets you change the widgets or individual items "
+"on the panel and their configuration. To change to a custom font color "
+"press the :guilabel:`color button` checkbox. Press the dropper button to "
+"bring up a widget to choose the custom color. The checkbox for "
+":guilabel:`background color` sets a background color custom for the "
+"background of lxqt-panel and the :guilabel:`dropper` brings up how to "
+"select which color. To add an image to your panel background press the "
+"checkbox and select your image for the file in the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"The checkbox for :guilabel:`override icon theme` lets you choose a non "
+"system default icon theme for lxqt-panel. The dropdown then lets you see "
+"what that icon theme from the dropdown list. If you do not like your "
+"changes to the system you can press the reset button to reset changing to"
+" before trying to customize the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"To add a new widget click on the widget on the panel configuration screen"
+" and press the :guilabel:`+`  button and select the widget you want to "
+"add some of which are not on the panel by default. To move an applet down"
+" on the order of presentation press the down arrow while the up arrow "
+"moves the applet up on the order of presentation. To remove an applet you"
+" do not want you can press the :guilabel:`-` button. The gear button has "
+"the settings for certain but not all of the applets in the panel for "
+"example the application menu and task manager are customizeable but quick"
+" launch and show desktop do not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52
+msgid "Shipped applets not enabled by default:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:47
+msgid "Cpu Monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:48
+msgid "Color Picker"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:49
+msgid "Panel Dom Tree"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:50
+msgid "Sensors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:51
+msgid "System Statisitics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:52
+msgid "Spacer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"To configure options for your application menu right click on the menu "
+"configure application menu or from the panel configuration dialog with "
+"the widget selected for application menu click on the gear button. The "
+"checkbox for :guilabel:`icon` lets you choose a custom icon to use in "
+"your menu if you want one and then use the folder button to browse for "
+"the path of the custom file you want for your menu. The checkbox for "
+":guilabel:`menu text` lets you add text that can be anything you want to "
+"your menu. To change the shortcut to open the menu from the default "
+":kbd:`Alt + f1` you can press the button for keyboard shortcut and a "
+"countdown will begin a countdown and press the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To change options for your task manager or taskbar open the panel "
+"configuration dialog select taskmanager taskbar and click the gear "
+"button. The checkbox for :guilabel:`show only windows from desktop` will "
+"only show windows from a certain desktop and will have a drop down that "
+"will default to the current desktop but can also be shown. If you want to"
+" close windows on a middle click there is a checkbox to turn that on and "
+"off. The :guilabel:`window grouping` checkbox will group multiple windows"
+" of the same program into a group of windows. The checkbox for "
+":guilabel:`show popup on mouse hover` will allow you to hover the mouse "
+"over the window group to show them off. Turning the checkbox for window "
+"grouping will show each window as its own item on the taskbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"To change the look of your taskbar in the same window as above the "
+"appearance section the button style will change whetehre to show only the"
+" icon or the icon only for only the icons. To show window and the text "
+"label of the program press text and icon. Icons only will work best with "
+"a panel aligned to the left or right side of your screen. To have only "
+"the text and no icons slecet only text. To change the maximum width of a "
+"button change the maximum button width which is measured in pixels to how"
+" wide on maximum a button could be."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"The settings for removeable media is able to be opened up is right click "
+"the applet Configure Removeable media you can select show info, popup "
+"menu, or do nothing. If you want to reset the setting for this press the "
+":guilabel:`reset` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"To change the settings on your clock right click on the clock and then "
+"configure world clock. The format drop down menu allows you to change how"
+" the clock shows. To sleect a short format allows you to have a "
+"preselected short format which shows a 12 hour format and am just telling"
+" you what time it is. Selecting long from the menu will show you the time"
+" with seconds and the time zone. To have a customizeale clock message "
+"select custom and then checkboxes to show seconds, pad the hours with "
+"zeros or to use a 12 hour format. The :guilabel:`time zone` checkbox will"
+" show your your time zone. The :guilabel:`position` drop down  says where"
+" to put the time zone on the clock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:67
+msgid "Non-Default widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To use your sensors widgets which you would have to add manually as shown"
+" above. A sensor bar will appear with as many sensors as on your panel. "
+"To view the temp as a number mouse over the sensor bar to see what your "
+"temperture is in a number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:70
+msgid ""
+"To have a bar that shows CPU Load shows a bar graph with your CPU useage."
+" To bring up settings for your CPU useage is right click on the cpu bar "
+":menuselection:`Configure CPU Monitor`. The :guilabel:`Show text` "
+"checkbox shows a nubmer for cpu useage. The field for :guilabel:`Update "
+"interval` is how often to update your cpu useage. The :guilabel:`Bar "
+"orientation` says what side to start the bar graph. The :guilabel:`Bar "
+"width` is how wide to make the bar graph. If you want to reset your "
+"changes press the :guilabel:`Reset` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"The Color picker is shows what color something is on your screen usually "
+"useful for web developers. To get a color off the screen press the color "
+"dropper button. Then a numeric field to the right of the dropper will "
+"appear with the color in a numeric field to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"To customize the sensors right click on the sensors "
+":menuselection:`Configure \"Sensors\"`. The :guilabel:`Update "
+"interval(seconds)` field lets you choose how often in seconds to update "
+"the sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature bar width` field shows how widw "
+"to make the bar for your sensors. The :guilabel:`Temperature Scale` field"
+" lets you select Celsius or Farenheit for your sensors. The checkbox "
+":guilabel:`Warning about high temperature` puts a warning if your "
+"temperture gets too high. If you want to reset your settings press the "
+":guilabel:`Reset` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Sensors` tab is for each individual sensors on the board. "
+"To enable/disable which sensor press to the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox "
+"for each sensor. The :guilabel:`Label` shows a label for each sensor. The"
+" :guilabel:`Color` column shows the color for the bar to appear in the "
+"panel and you can bring up a dialog to change color by left clicking on "
+"the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:78
+msgid ""
+"To add a spacer to your panel add the spacers widget. It creates a blank "
+"space on your panel. To change how wide your spacer is change the "
+":guilabel:`Space Width` field to the number of pixels you want the spacer"
+" to be wide. The setting for :guilabel:`Space type` selects a solid line,"
+" a dotted line, or invisible for how the spacer appears on the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:81
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:24
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:82
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.13.0 of lxqt-panel."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:27
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:85
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:28
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:86
 msgid ""
 "lxqt-panel should auto launch by default. If you need to manually start "
-"it, run lxqt-panel from the command line."
+"it, run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/5/5.1/lxqt-panel.rst:92
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The application menu allows you to "
+#~ "browse and search through available "
+#~ "programs; a keyboard shortcut is "
+#~ "conveniently available for this. The "
+#~ "desktop switcher allows you to switch"
+#~ " to another virtual desktop, allowing "
+#~ "you to keep your workspace organized."
+#~ " The quick launch bar allows you "
+#~ "to conveniently launch your file "
+#~ "explorer (PCManFM Qt) and web browser"
+#~ " (Firefox)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the system tray there there are"
+#~ " multiple widgets. With the volume "
+#~ "applet you can change the volume "
+#~ "by using the mouse-wheel with the"
+#~ " mouse over the speaker icon left "
+#~ "click the speaker icon and drag "
+#~ "the volume up and down and toggle"
+#~ " mute with the button at the "
+#~ "bottom. To the far right is a "
+#~ "clock, you can click the clock to"
+#~ " bring up a pop up calendar "
+#~ "window."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "lxqt-panel should auto launch by "
+#~ "default. If you need to manually "
+#~ "start it, run lxqt-panel from the"
+#~ " command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.2/desktop_icons.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -25,9 +25,46 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:4
 msgid ""
-"The icons on your desktop can be moved by clicking and holding and "
+"The icons on your desktop can be moved by left clicking, holding and "
-"dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. To open a desktop "
+"dragging the desktop icon to the position you want it. Shortcuts or "
-"entry file on an icon double click on it. To remove a desktop icon right "
+"desktop entry files can be opened by double click on the icon. If you "
-"click on the file and click move to trash."
+"want to view or edit a desktop file say for launching an application is "
+"to right click on the icon open with and slect say a text editor like "
+"featherpad to open file. If you move a desktop icon and then want to move"
+" it back right click and uncheck :menuselection:`Stick to current "
+"Position`."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:7
+msgid "Adding and removing items from the desktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Shortcuts can be copied to the desktop by dragging and dropping them from"
+" the application menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"You can also create shortcuts by dragging and dropping files and folders "
+"from the File manager onto the desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.2/desktop_icons.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To remove a desktop icon right click on the file and click "
+":menuselection:`move to trash`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The icons on your desktop can be"
+#~ " moved by clicking and holding and"
+#~ " dragging the desktop icon to the "
+#~ "position you want it. To open a"
+#~ " desktop entry file on an icon "
+#~ "double click on it. To remove a"
+#~ " desktop icon right click on the "
+#~ "file and click move to trash."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -36,10 +36,15 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"To search for a program, Alt + F2 and start typing a command. The search "
+"To search for a program, press :kbd:`Alt + F2` and start typing a "
-"results will show below, similar to addressbar behavior in browsers. All "
+"command. The search results will show below, similar to address bar "
-"installed applications can be launched this way and lxqt-runner can "
+"behavior in browsers. All installed applications can be launched this way"
-"configured to store a history of recent programs."
+" and lxqt-runner can configured to store a history of recent programs. If"
+" you want to clear history open the downard pointing menu "
+":menuselection:`Clear History`. The runner even lets you logout, "
+"shutdown, or other ways to leave your session through the runner. Also "
+"keep in mind you do not have to search for the start of an application "
+"like inputting :kbd:`shot` will show results for screenshot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:14
@@ -48,18 +53,72 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"lxqt-runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the "
+"Runner has a few configuration options. If you want to change the "
 "keyboard shortcut to launch programs, click the the downward arrow on the"
-" right side of the search bar, to open up the menu. Select the gear icon "
+" right side of the search bar to open up the menu. Select the gear icon "
 "to configure, at the bottom there is a label that says shortcut and then "
-"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the button and a "
+"a button that lists the current shortcut. Left click on the "
-"countdown will begin in which time you need to press the key or "
+":guilabel:`Shortcut` button and a countdown will begin in which time you "
-"combination of keystrokes you want to launch lxqt-runner. In this screen "
+"need to press the key or combination of keystrokes you want to launch "
-"there are also tickboxes to keep a history of your commands and if you "
+"lxqt-runner. In this screen there is a  checkboxe for "
-"want the historical items shown first."
+":guilabel:`Store/Show history`. If you want to show history first check "
+"the :guilabel:`Show history first` checkbox. To change how many results "
+"are shown when you show a a result for runner change the :guilabel:`Show "
+"list with x item(s)` field. To change where the runner appears to the "
+"center change :guilabel:`Positioning` drop down menu to center of the "
+"screen. To reset your changes in this window press the :guilabel:`Reset` "
+"button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:19
+#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:21
 msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:28
+msgid "How to launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"Runner should be running in the background and :kbd:`Alt + F2` should "
+"bring it forward to launch an application. If you need to manually start "
+"it for some reason run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.3/lxqt-runner.rst:35
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To search for a program, Alt + "
+#~ "F2 and start typing a command. The"
+#~ " search results will show below, "
+#~ "similar to addressbar behavior in "
+#~ "browsers. All installed applications can "
+#~ "be launched this way and lxqt-"
+#~ "runner can configured to store a "
+#~ "history of recent programs."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "lxqt-runner has a few configuration "
+#~ "options. If you want to change the"
+#~ " keyboard shortcut to launch programs, "
+#~ "click the the downward arrow on "
+#~ "the right side of the search bar,"
+#~ " to open up the menu. Select "
+#~ "the gear icon to configure, at the"
+#~ " bottom there is a label that "
+#~ "says shortcut and then a button "
+#~ "that lists the current shortcut. Left"
+#~ " click on the button and a "
+#~ "countdown will begin in which time "
+#~ "you need to press the key or "
+#~ "combination of keystrokes you want to"
+#~ " launch lxqt-runner. In this screen"
+#~ " there are also tickboxes to keep "
+#~ "a history of your commands and if"
+#~ " you want the historical items shown"
+#~ " first."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.4/window_management.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -25,44 +25,166 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:4
 msgid ""
-"Window management is how to manage the windows on your desktop. "
+"Window are the area which contains the graphical user interface that we "
-"Underneath, Lubuntu uses Openbox by default as the window manager. This "
+"interact with programs. In Lubuntu these windows can typically be opened,"
-"manages window allows you to drag, close, and make windows take up the "
+" closed, resized and minimized. Underneath Lubuntu uses Openbox as "
-"whole screen. You also can drag the whole window around by clicking on "
+"default a window manager."
-"the titlebar and dragging the window with the mouse."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:6
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:7
-msgid ""
+msgid "Using the mouse"
-"If you want to make your window bigger or smaller, you can grab the "
-"border of the window which should be highlighted in blue by default to "
-"drag or make the window bigger or smaller. To make a window take up the "
-"full screen or maximize it is to press the button on the titlebar to make"
-" the window that look like to arrows pointing towards opposite corners of"
-" the window. Pressing the X button will close the window. The button that"
-" looks like a - will iconify the window to make it only appear on the "
-"taskbar of lxqt-panel and in the window switching dialog better known to "
-"microsoft windows users as minimize."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"On the far left at the top of the window is the icon for the program. If "
+"In the top-right corner of a windows a few commands allow you basic "
-"you left click on the icon brings up a menu for window management. The "
+"controls of the window. Starting from left to right"
-"send to desktop to send to desktop for several different desktops or all "
-"desktops at the bottom. The layer option on the menu always on top to "
-"make the window appear always on top. If you want to move something to "
-"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. The third icon "
-"is move and then you can drag them to where you want. Resize lets you "
-"move the mouse by resizing. Iconify lets you see it only on the taskbar. "
-"Maximize maximizes the window to make it take up all of the monitor. Roll"
-" up roll down makes the window just a titlebar. On the far bottom is this"
-" menu you can move it to close."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:10
 msgid ""
-"If you want some useful keyboard shortcuts use the Super Key and press an"
+"Iconify (-) hides/minimizes the window making it only appear on the task "
-" arrow key to snap the window to that side of the screen."
+"bar of the Panel. It can be recalled by clicking on the application on "
+"the task bar, or cycling through open windows with :kbd:`ALT + Tab`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:11
+msgid "Maximize reshapes the window to fix the entire screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:12
+msgid "Close (x) attempts to end the window and probably the program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"The window can be moved by by clicking on the title-bar and dragging the "
+"mouse. You can resize the window by grabbing the border (sides or corners"
+" which should be highlighted in blue) and dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Right clicking on the title bar or left clicking on the icon located at "
+"the top-left of the window  brings the window management menu. Here you "
+"can: -   Using Send to desktop, send the window to a virtual desktop of "
+"your choice -   Using Layer option allows you to set  whether this "
+"windows is always on top, etc. -   If you want to move something to "
+"always show to bottom or you can move it back to normal. -   The earlier "
+"mentioned Iconify, Maximize, Close, and Resize option are also available "
+"here. -   Roll up/down rolls the window into the title-bar. -   "
+"Decorate/Undecorate hides them title-bar. -   Resize lets you use the "
+"change the size of a window."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:29
+msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:30
+msgid "Closing a window :kbd:`Alt + F4`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:31
+msgid "Switching through windows :kbd:`Hold Alt + hit Tab`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"To switch between tabs in the reverse direction :kbd:`Hold Alt + "
+"Shift+Tab`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:33
+msgid "Resizing windows, :kbd:`Super (windows key) + directional arrows`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:34
+msgid "Show desktop with :kbd:`Control + Alt + D`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:37
+msgid "Virtual Desktop Switching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"To switch to the next virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control +Alt + Right "
+"arrow`. To shift to the previous virtual desktop press :kbd:`Control+ Alt"
+" + Left Arrow`. To Do this with a combination of mouse wheel and keyboard"
+" :kbd:`Alt+ Mousewheel`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.4/window_management.rst:41
+msgid "Screenshots"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Window management is how to manage "
+#~ "the windows on your desktop. Underneath,"
+#~ " Lubuntu uses Openbox by default as"
+#~ " the window manager. This manages "
+#~ "window allows you to drag, close, "
+#~ "and make windows take up the whole"
+#~ " screen. You also can drag the "
+#~ "whole window around by clicking on "
+#~ "the titlebar and dragging the window "
+#~ "with the mouse."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to make your window"
+#~ " bigger or smaller, you can grab "
+#~ "the border of the window which "
+#~ "should be highlighted in blue by "
+#~ "default to drag or make the window"
+#~ " bigger or smaller. To make a "
+#~ "window take up the full screen or"
+#~ " maximize it is to press the "
+#~ "button on the titlebar to make the"
+#~ " window that look like to arrows "
+#~ "pointing towards opposite corners of the"
+#~ " window. Pressing the X button will"
+#~ " close the window. The button that"
+#~ " looks like a - will iconify "
+#~ "the window to make it only appear"
+#~ " on the taskbar of lxqt-panel "
+#~ "and in the window switching dialog "
+#~ "better known to microsoft windows users"
+#~ " as minimize."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "On the far left at the top "
+#~ "of the window is the icon for "
+#~ "the program. If you left click on"
+#~ " the icon brings up a menu for"
+#~ " window management. The send to "
+#~ "desktop to send to desktop for "
+#~ "several different desktops or all "
+#~ "desktops at the bottom. The layer "
+#~ "option on the menu always on top"
+#~ " to make the window appear always "
+#~ "on top. If you want to move "
+#~ "something to always show to bottom "
+#~ "or you can move it back to "
+#~ "normal. The third icon is move and"
+#~ " then you can drag them to "
+#~ "where you want. Resize lets you "
+#~ "move the mouse by resizing. Iconify "
+#~ "lets you see it only on the "
+#~ "taskbar. Maximize maximizes the window "
+#~ "to make it take up all of "
+#~ "the monitor. Roll up roll down "
+#~ "makes the window just a titlebar. "
+#~ "On the far bottom is this menu "
+#~ "you can move it to close."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want some useful keyboard "
+#~ "shortcuts use the Super Key and "
+#~ "press an arrow key to snap the "
+#~ "window to that side of the screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.po

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 5.5 Keyboard Menu Navigation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Lubuntu 18.10 allows you to move through the menus of with only the "
+"keyboard instead of having to use the mouse. Looking at the menus there "
+"is an underlined with a letter. To open that menu with a for example "
+"ofter the file menu can be opened with :kbd:`Alt + F`. One other thing to"
+" notice is that with :kbd:`Alt + underlined character`. The currently "
+"selected menu item will appear in a different color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/5/5.5/keyboard_menu_navigation.rst:6
+msgid ""
+"Once you have the menu opened you can use the up and down arrow keys to "
+"move up and down in a menu. If the menu has :menuselection:`-->` to the "
+"right you can press :kbd:`Right arrow` to expand into a submenu. To move "
+"back up a level from the menu press :kbd:`Left arrow`. If you want to "
+"exit the menu press :kbd:`escape`. To move to adjacent menu to the left "
+"press :kbd:`Alt + left arrow`. To move to an adjacent menu to the right "
+"press :kbd:`Alt + right arrow`. To activate an item on your menu press "
+":kbd:`Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,6 +20,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner"
+msgid "Chapter 5 Panel, Desktop, and Runner"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/5/Panel_Desktop_and_Runner.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapter will teach you how to use the panel desktop icons the runner"
+" to launch applications and window management."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Chapter 5 Panel Desktop and Runner"
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/A/tips_and_tricks.po

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:2
+msgid "Appendix A Tips and Tricks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"If you run a hypervisor on your system putting a different mouse cursor "
+"for both the host and the guest can let you tell them apart. If you want "
+"to install many more colors you can search the repositories for cursor or"
+" if you just want many different colors install the oxygen-cursor-theme-"
+"extra package. To have a a different style for applications to install "
+"you can install the qt-style-plugin-plastique package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"If you select text on X11 you can do what is middle click paste the "
+"selected text with the middle mouse button by clicking down on the scroll"
+" wheel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"To find out what version of softare you have you can view the `ubuntu "
+"packages website <https://packages.ubuntu.com/>`_ from whatever kind of "
+"computer you are on. On the command line you can run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/A/tips_and_tricks.rst:15
+msgid "even if it does not ship with lubuntu by default."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/C/command_line.po

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:2
+msgid "Appendix C Command line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"The command line or cli is text interface to your computer and an "
+"alternative to graphical user interfaces like windows. It typically "
+"involves typing text commands into a terminal to perform some operation. "
+"Although not necessary to learn, it can be helpful. The terminal (Ctrl + "
+"Alt + T) is a command line running in a window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:6
+msgid ""
+"An exhaustive tutorial on the command line is a bit beyond the scope of "
+"the manual. The man command  brings up the user manual and can be used to"
+" learn more about a commands use, its options and inputs. If you wanted "
+"to learn more about the df (disk free) command, enter the following into "
+"a command line:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"This will show you the user manual for the df command containing and "
+"explanation of the command and other useful information. For example is "
+"the -h option gives a human readable output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:18
+msgid "will make a much nicer output than"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To list files on the current file system one of the most important "
+"commands to know is ls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"will show the files in your current directory and the man page lists more"
+" options such as viewing all files or long listing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:32
+msgid "To change to another directory an important command is"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"where [dir] is the directory you want to switch to. Another thing that is"
+" useful is you can append .. after cd to make it go up one level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/C/command_line.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"There is also the command line for manageing and installing packages "
+"which is beyond the scope of this appendix but please see `apt package "
+"management <https://help.ubuntu.com/lts/serverguide/apt.html.en>`_  for "
+"how to insert and remove packages from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/D/upgrading.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -38,7 +38,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "There are two methods of upgrading Lubuntu releases. The first is using "
 "the update manager a graphical user interface. The second involves the "
-"command line and is useful for server upgrades."
+"command line and is useful for server upgrades. Unfortunately with main "
+"Ubuntu dropping 32-bit upgrades, 32-bit upgrades from 18.04 to 18.10 are "
+"not supported."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:9
@@ -53,12 +55,12 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> System Tools -> "
+"This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) :menuselection:`System "
-"Software Updater."
+"Tools --> Software Updater`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:13
-msgid "When prompted, click Install Now."
+msgid "When prompted, click :guilabel:`Install Now`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:14
@@ -67,7 +69,7 @@ msgid ""
 "reboot manually."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:22
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Since 18.10 is not an LTS (Long Term Support) release, you may have to "
 "opt in for non LTS versions of Lubuntu."
@@ -88,62 +90,62 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Alternatively, you can start a terminal (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type in the "
-"command \"update-manager -d\""
+"command"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:22
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "The -d flag is referring to the fact that it's moving to an unsupported "
 "release (if you are on the LTS track, this is accurate)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:31
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37
 msgid "Next, you will want to upgrade to the new release."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:27
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:33
 msgid "After rebooting, start the update manager."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:28
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "This can be done by clicking the Menu (Alt + F1) -> Preferences -> "
 "Software and Updates."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:29
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:35
 msgid "You should be prompted to upgrade. Click upgrade."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:30
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:36
 msgid ""
 "Read the release notes. **This is important, in case there is information"
 " you need to know.**"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:31
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:37
 msgid "Once the upgrade has completed, restart your machine."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:38
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:44
 msgid "Upgrading with command line"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:39
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:45
 msgid ""
 "The first step will be to ensure your system is up to date. This can be "
 "done by entering the following command into the terminal. If prompted, "
 "enter your password."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:46
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:52
 msgid ""
 "Once the software upgrade has completed, you want to restart your pc. "
 "This can be done in a number of ways, however the following command is "
 "the simplest."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:53
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "The next thing you want to do is do the release upgrade. do-release-"
 "upgrade is the command line tool for upgrading Lubuntu installations. To "
@@ -156,13 +158,13 @@ msgid ""
 "after the install. Enter the following command into your terminal:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:59
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65
 msgid ""
 "You may be prompted \"No new release found\", if so follow this step, "
 "else skip it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:61
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67
 msgid ""
 "Since Lubuntu 18.04 was a long term support release, you will have to "
 "opt-in to install the regular releases. **It is important that you keep "
@@ -175,13 +177,13 @@ msgid ""
 "\"Prompt=normal\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:63
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69
 msgid ""
 "Now, update your software and run do-release-upgrade in a terminal, "
 "basically starting the process over."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:65
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "During the release upgrade, several changes will take place. You will be "
 "asked to select a display manager, the new default is Simple Desktop "
@@ -190,14 +192,14 @@ msgid ""
 "several more obsolete packages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:67
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "After the installation, reboot into the new 18.10 system. You be greeted "
 "by a new login screen that is the SDDM display manager and a notification"
 " that this is now your first time running LXQt Power Management."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:69
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:75
 msgid ""
 "Many of the old applications will not be removed. Newer and often times "
 "more featureful, Qt-based applications with the same functionality are "
@@ -207,7 +209,31 @@ msgid ""
 "applications:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:76
+#: ../../source/D/upgrading.rst:82
 msgid "To remove uneeded dependencies enter the following command:"
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "There are two methods of upgrading "
+#~ "Lubuntu releases. The first is using "
+#~ "the update manager a graphical user "
+#~ "interface. The second involves the "
+#~ "command line and is useful for "
+#~ "server upgrades."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This can be done by clicking the"
+#~ " Menu (Alt + F1) -> System "
+#~ "Tools -> Software Updater."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "When prompted, click Install Now."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Alternatively, you can start a terminal"
+#~ " (Ctrl + Alt + T) and type "
+#~ "in the command \"update-manager -d\""
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/E/live_session.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -26,14 +26,28 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:4
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to use Lubuntu without installing it. In a live session "
-"yoru computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The "
+"your computer is running off a bootable media (USB, CD, or DVD). The "
 "session can also be used to install Lubuntu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:6
+#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10
-msgid ""
+msgid "Reasons for using live session:"
-"Reasons for using live session: - Hardware testing and trouble shooting. "
+msgstr ""
-"- OS testing. - Fixing broken installs. - Backing up files"
+
+#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:7
+msgid "Hardware testing and trouble shooting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:8
+msgid "OS testing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:9
+msgid "Fixing broken installs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:10
+msgid "Backing up files"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/E/live_session.rst:12
@@ -42,7 +56,7 @@ msgid ""
 "turns on and won't boot, you can run the live session. You could then "
 "mount the disk and backup all of your pictures or send an email. If your "
 "hard drive or SSD is no longer working, you can boot a live session and "
-"then order replacment parts. You also can feel free to try different "
+"then order replacement parts. You also can feel free to try different "
 "things out in a live session."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -52,3 +66,35 @@ msgid ""
 " drive specifically will be lost when you power off your machine."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "It is possible to use Lubuntu "
+#~ "without installing it. In a live "
+#~ "session yoru computer is running off "
+#~ "a bootable media (USB, CD, or "
+#~ "DVD). The session can also be used"
+#~ " to install Lubuntu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Reasons for using live session: - "
+#~ "Hardware testing and trouble shooting. -"
+#~ " OS testing. - Fixing broken "
+#~ "installs. - Backing up files"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A good example of when you would"
+#~ " use a live session is if your"
+#~ " computer turns on and won't boot,"
+#~ " you can run the live session. "
+#~ "You could then mount the disk and"
+#~ " backup all of your pictures or "
+#~ "send an email. If your hard drive"
+#~ " or SSD is no longer working, "
+#~ "you can boot a live session and"
+#~ " then order replacment parts. You "
+#~ "also can feel free to try "
+#~ "different things out in a live "
+#~ "session."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/keyboard_shortcuts.po

@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:3
+msgid "Appendix F Hotkeys shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Hotkeys, also known as keyboard shortcuts, allow users to easily "
+"navigate, start applications, and change settings like resize windows. "
+"These are useful as they create a smooth and time efficient user "
+"experience. It would benefit users to take a few minutes to learn some of"
+" these shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:7
+msgid ""
+"Lubuntu has manages the keyboard shortcuts using two layers. Namely, LXQT"
+" Global Keys and Openbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:10
+msgid "Global-keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Global-keys (lxqt-globalkeysd) is a component of the LXQT environment. "
+"Gloabal-keys takes preference over Openbox keyboard shortcuts. Global "
+"keys are viewed, (dis)enabled and managed using Shortcut keys (Chapter "
+"3.2.14)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:16
+msgid "Openbox keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:17
+msgid ""
+"Openbox keyboard shortcuts is the second layer managing keyboard "
+"shortcuts. It is preferred for windows management like resizing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"Global-keys will take preference over openbox bindings. If a key is used "
+"in Global-keys, it will not work in Openbox keyboard shortcuts. For "
+"example if the W(indows) key opens the LXQT application menu (equivilant "
+"of the windows start menu) in Global-keys, Openbox commands like window "
+"resizing (W + arrow keys) will not work correctly. Keep this in mind when"
+" using and editing keyboard shortcuts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:23
+msgid "The table below shows Lubuntu's default Openbox keyboard shortcuts:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:26
+msgid "**Modifier keys**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:28
+msgid "Key     description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31
+msgid "S"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:31
+msgid "Shift key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33
+msgid "C"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:33
+msgid "Control key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35
+msgid "A"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:35
+msgid "Alt key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37
+msgid "W"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:37
+msgid "Super key (Usually bound to the Windows key on keyboards which have one)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39
+msgid "M"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:39
+msgid "Meta key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41
+msgid "H"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/keyboard_shortcuts.rst:41
+msgid "Hyper key (If it is bound to something)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2
+msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
+msgid "GoToDesktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6
+msgid "C-A-Left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
+msgid "C-A-Right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
+msgid "C-A-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
+msgid "C-A-Down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
+msgid "SendToDesktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
+msgid "S-A-Left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
+msgid "S-A-Right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
+msgid "S-A-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
+msgid "S-A-Down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
+msgid "W-F1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
+msgid "W-F2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
+msgid "W-F3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
+msgid "W-F4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30
+msgid "ToggleShowDesktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30
+msgid "W-d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34
+msgid "**Keybindings for windows**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38
+msgid "Close"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38
+msgid "A-F4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
+msgid "Lower"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
+msgid "A-Escape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42
+msgid "ShowMenu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42
+msgid "A-space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:46
+msgid "**Keybindings for window switching**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54
+msgid "NextWindow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50
+msgid "A-Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52
+msgid "PreviousWindow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52
+msgid "A-S-Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54
+msgid "C-A-Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:58
+msgid "**Keybindings for window switching with the arrow keys**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68
+msgid "DirectionalCycleWindows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62
+msgid "W-S-Right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64
+msgid "W-S-Left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66
+msgid "W-S-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68
+msgid "W-S-Down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72
+msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
+msgid "UnmaximizeFull"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
+msgid "W-Left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80
+msgid "**HalfRightScreen**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84
+msgid "W-Right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
+msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
+msgid "W-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
+msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
+msgid "W-Down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
+msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108
+msgid "ToggleFullscreen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108
+msgid "F11"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112
+msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172
+msgid "Execute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
+msgid "W-e"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
+msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
+msgid "W-r"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126
+msgid "A-F2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
+msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134
+msgid "C-A-Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138
+msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
+msgid "C-A-T"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146
+msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150
+msgid "XF86WWW"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152
+msgid "XF86Terminal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156
+msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160
+msgid "XF86MyComputer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not"
+" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168
+msgid "C-F7"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170
+msgid "C-F10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172
+msgid "C-F11"
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/F/openbox_keyboard.po

@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:2
+msgid "**Keybindings for desktop switching**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6 ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
+msgid "GoToDesktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:6
+msgid "C-A-Left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:8
+msgid "C-A-Right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:10
+msgid "C-A-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:12
+msgid "C-A-Down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
+msgid "SendToDesktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:14
+msgid "S-A-Left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:16
+msgid "S-A-Right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:18
+msgid "S-A-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:20
+msgid "S-A-Down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:22
+msgid "W-F1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:24
+msgid "W-F2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:26
+msgid "W-F3"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:28
+msgid "W-F4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30
+msgid "ToggleShowDesktop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:30
+msgid "W-d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:34
+msgid "**Keybindings for windows**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38
+msgid "Close"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:38
+msgid "A-F4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
+msgid "Lower"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:40
+msgid "A-Escape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42
+msgid "ShowMenu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:42
+msgid "A-space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:46
+msgid "**Keybindings for window switching**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54
+msgid "NextWindow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:50
+msgid "A-Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52
+msgid "PreviousWindow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:52
+msgid "A-S-Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:54
+msgid "C-A-Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:58
+msgid "**Keybindings for window switching with the arrow keys**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68
+msgid "DirectionalCycleWindows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:62
+msgid "W-S-Right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:64
+msgid "W-S-Left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:66
+msgid "W-S-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:68
+msgid "W-S-Down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:72
+msgid "**HalfLeftScreen**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
+msgid "UnmaximizeFull"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:76
+msgid "W-Left"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:80
+msgid "**HalfRightScreen**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:84
+msgid "W-Right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:88
+msgid "**HalfUpperScreen**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:92
+msgid "W-Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:96
+msgid "**HalfLowerScreen**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:100
+msgid "W-Down"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:104
+msgid "**Keybindings to toggle fullscreen**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108
+msgid "ToggleFullscreen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:108
+msgid "F11"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:112
+msgid "**Keybindings for running application: File manager**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172
+msgid "Execute"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:116
+msgid "W-e"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:120
+msgid "**Keybindings for running application: Lxpanel**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:124
+msgid "W-r"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:126
+msgid "A-F2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:130
+msgid "**Launch task manager on Ctrl + Alt + Del**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:134
+msgid "C-A-Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:138
+msgid "**Launch a terminal on Ctrl + Alt + T**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:142
+msgid "C-A-T"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:146
+msgid "**Keybinding for terminal button**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:150
+msgid "XF86WWW"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:152
+msgid "XF86Terminal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:156
+msgid "**Keybinding for computer button**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:160
+msgid "XF86MyComputer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:164
+msgid ""
+"**Keybindings for Multimedia Keys and LCD Backlight (alternative when not"
+" using gnome-power-manager or xfce4-volumed)**"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:168
+msgid "C-F7"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:170
+msgid "C-F10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/F/openbox_keyboard.rst:172
+msgid "C-F11"
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -80,8 +80,9 @@ msgid ""
 " features. Throughout the course of the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team "
 "will deliver **Hardware Enablement** updates, or **HWE** updates, to "
 "Lubuntu via Linux kernel updates. Additionally, all currently-supported "
-"Lubuntu releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the "
+"Lubuntu LTS releases use the **LXDE** desktop environment, which is the "
-"traditional Lubuntu experience."
+"traditional Lubuntu experience however Lubuntu 18.10 uses the **LXQt** "
+"which is a more modern environment."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:26
@@ -155,8 +156,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower and less "
+"*We don't recommend using this method as it's often slower, more error "
-"efficient than the other methods.*"
+"prone, and less efficient than the other methods.*"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:49
@@ -168,11 +169,42 @@ msgid ""
 "in the right direction."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"Downloading via HTTP and not verifying the image can lead to hours of "
+"frustration with even the developers quite confused what is happening "
+"with your system. With just one bit of the image flipped it will cause "
+"massive frustration and a failed install."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"To do this the easiest way is the command line is to run for 64 bit "
+"lubuntu 18.10"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"and then carefully check that the output matches "
+"99408e73e5ff11727be6987d9b2f8ee3b6a3b672c9da540a63c8b462a0cf63c4 "
+"\\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-amd64.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:61
+msgid "For 32 bit lubuntu 18.10 is to run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"and then check carefully the output matches "
+"38e0bf05b6bfc3faa700f779e94cc1b7 \\*lubuntu-18.10-desktop-i386.iso"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71
 msgid "Downloading the image via BitTorrent"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:54
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:72
 msgid ""
 "Instead of downloading the image from one server, you can \"torrent\" the"
 " image, or download it from multiple sources instead of just one. This is"
@@ -182,21 +214,22 @@ msgid ""
 "<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BitTorrent>`_."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:56
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:74
 msgid ""
 "In order to torrent the file, you need a BitTorrent client. We recommend "
 "`Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_, an Open Source BitTorrent "
 "client. Since Transmission only provides clients for Linux and macOS, we "
-"recommend `uTorrent <https://www.utorrent.com/>`_ for Windows users."
+"recommend `qbittorrent <https://www.qbittorrent.org/download.php>`_ for "
+"Windows users."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:58
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:76
 msgid ""
 "The BitTorrent links can be found on our Downloads page or "
 "cdimage.ubuntu.com, both linked above."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:60
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:78
 msgid ""
 "After you have downloaded the link you need, open it in your BitTorrent "
 "client. This will download the image. After this is done, we recommend "
@@ -205,11 +238,11 @@ msgid ""
 "decentralizing the download location for other users."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:64
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:82
 msgid "Downloading the image via zsync"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:65
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:83
 msgid ""
 "zsync is a convenient application that will automatically verify the "
 "checksum of the image once downloaded. The Lubuntu team uses this to "
@@ -217,36 +250,69 @@ msgid ""
 "last image was spun."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:67
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:85
 msgid ""
 "In order to use zsync, you need to install it. Since this is a Linux-only"
 " client, you can get it from your distribution's package repository."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:69
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:87
 msgid ""
 "If you are running Debian or Ubuntu (or a distribution based off of "
 "either), run the following command in a terminal:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:71
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:93
-msgid "sudo apt install zsync"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:73
 msgid ""
 "Otherwise, there is a snap application you can download of zsync which "
 "should function mostly the same and should work on all Linux "
 "distributions:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:75
+#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:99
-msgid "sudo snap install zsync"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../source/1/1.1/retrieving_the_image.rst:77
 msgid ""
 "**You have now downloaded the image successfully. Please continue to "
 "Chapter 1.2.**"
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Lubuntu offers two types of releases."
+#~ " The **Long Term Support** release, "
+#~ "or the **LTS**, is the release "
+#~ "recommended for most users. It is "
+#~ "supported for three years after the "
+#~ "release date and does not contain "
+#~ "new features. Throughout the course of"
+#~ " the cycle, the Ubuntu Kernel Team"
+#~ " will deliver **Hardware Enablement** "
+#~ "updates, or **HWE** updates, to Lubuntu"
+#~ " via Linux kernel updates. Additionally,"
+#~ " all currently-supported Lubuntu releases"
+#~ " use the **LXDE** desktop environment, "
+#~ "which is the traditional Lubuntu "
+#~ "experience."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "*We don't recommend using this method"
+#~ " as it's often slower and less "
+#~ "efficient than the other methods.*"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In order to torrent the file, you"
+#~ " need a BitTorrent client. We "
+#~ "recommend `Transmission <https://transmissionbt.com/>`_,"
+#~ " an Open Source BitTorrent client. "
+#~ "Since Transmission only provides clients "
+#~ "for Linux and macOS, we recommend "
+#~ "`uTorrent <https://www.utorrent.com/>`_ for Windows"
+#~ " users."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "sudo apt install zsync"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "sudo snap install zsync"
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/1.3/installation.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,138 +23,321 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 1.3 Installation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:5
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:3
-msgid "Starting the installer"
+msgid "This is a guide to through the installation process of Lubuntu."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:6
-msgid ""
+msgid "Starting the installer"
-"This will tell you about installation of Lubuntu. Once you have booted "
-"lubuntu to install it you will be greated by a screen that shows Start "
-"Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, test RAM, and boot from first hard disk."
-" To start the install press install Lubuntu. In the upper left hand "
-"corner of the desktop that looks like a disk which says Install Lubuntu "
-"18.10. You will be taken to a screen with Welcome to the lubuntu "
-"installer. If you wish to choose a different language there is a log with"
-" which language to  run the intsaller."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"After selecting the language the next button will move you on to the next"
+"Once you have booted the Lubuntu image, you will be greeted by a screen "
-" task."
+"with the following options: Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects, Test "
+"RAM, and Boot from first hard disk. To start the install select Start "
+"Lubuntu, you will now be booting into a live session. The Check disk for "
+"defects offers a way to check integrity of the disk image once it is "
+"burned to the media please use this if you have problems it could be bad "
+"media."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"Once you have booted into the live session, feel free to explore Lubuntu."
+" Once you are ready to install Lubuntu, double click the icon in the top-"
+"left corner of the desktop \"Install Lubuntu 18.10\"."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:11
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"You will be taken to the Lubuntu installer Welcome screen. You can change"
+" the installer language in the drop down box. After selecting the "
+"language the next button will move you on to the next task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:23
 msgid "Selecting Your location"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:13
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can chooose "
+"The next screen will show you a map of the world where you can choose "
-"your time zone and will stay up to date. On the bottom of the window "
+"your location. You location will be used to set your time zone and "
-"there is a place to change your system language for the install after you"
+"download server. On the bottom of the window there is a place to change "
-" finsih installing and the format for date and time."
+"your system language."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:16
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:30
 msgid "Selecting Keyboard Layout"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:17
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:32
 msgid ""
-"To find the keyboard layout you can check if you want your keytobard on "
+"Next select your keyboard layout, you can check your keyboard matches the"
-"the top of the window should look the same as below on your keyboard. At "
+" keyboard shown picture shown. At the bottom you can type to make sure "
-"the far bottom you can type to make sure your layout is correct. The "
+"your layout is correct. The keyboard model version lets you choose "
-"keyboard model version lets you choose different layouts and the right "
+"different layouts and the right column gets different variants. When you "
-"column gets different vairtns of that loyout. To continue with the "
+"have selected your keyboard layout, move on to the next stage of the "
-"installation press the next button."
+"installation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:20
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37
 msgid "Setting up partitions"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:21
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:39
 msgid ""
-"If all you want is Lubuntu is on your is Lubuntu you can select the erase"
+"If all you want is Lubuntu on your machine, you can select the erase "
-" disk which will delete all daata on the disk which is why having your "
+"disk. This will format the disk and **delete all data on the disk**,  "
-"data backed up before this point is extremely important. IF you choose to"
+"which is why having your data backed up before this point is extremely "
-" do this you can continue on to user setup."
+"important. IF you choose to do this you can continue on to user setup."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:24
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"Erasing your entire disk or partiion may cause you to lose data so please"
+"Erasing your entire disk or partition may cause you to lose data so "
-" backup beforehand."
+"please backup beforehand."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:26
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"If you have had  a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk"
+"If you wish to perform advance partitioning please refer the Advanced "
-" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In "
+"partitioning section."
-"this subcase running  `sudo swapoff -a` will unmount them and any "
-"partitions with data mounted can be unmounted through pcmanfm-qt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:29
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:49
-msgid "Manual partioning"
+msgid "User Setup"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:31
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"If you wish to manual set up partitions as an advanced option you will "
+"The user setup section creates a user profile, consisting of your own "
-"have to choose which filesystem you want. A filesystem controls how your "
+"name and the username you will use to log in. The next input field is the"
-"filesystems are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting "
+" hostname of your computer. The final field is your password. Enter your "
-"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you "
+"password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it. Pressing the next "
-"will need to create an EFI system partition see  "
+"button will give you a summary screen, showing you the settings before "
-"`http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition` for more detail to "
+"the install begins. Once you have checked the summary click the install "
-"create this partition you will need a fat32 filesystem with the ESP flag "
+"button to begin the installation."
-"with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount point. You will  also "
-"need a / or root filesystem several filesystems included for Lubuntu are "
-"ext4, xfs, and btrfs. If you have had  a previous linux install and want "
-"to put the entire disk or just replace an entire partition you will need "
-"to unmount them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:33
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:54
+msgid "The Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:55
 msgid ""
-"To create a partition you need to press the create partition button which"
+"The Lubuntu installer provides some useful information while the "
-" will bring up a dialog. The filesystem field is a drop down menu to "
+"installer is running. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a checkbox to "
-"select which filesystem you want. You also need to select where you want "
+"reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now finished."
-"to mount the partition which you need at least one / partition and if you"
-" are booting an efi system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted "
-"partition. Another common option is if you have a want to have your data "
-"all on its own partition which can even be on its own seperate physical "
-"disk this can be mounted at /home."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:36
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:60
-msgid "User Setup"
+msgid "Advanced partitioning"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:37
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:61
 msgid ""
-"The user setup section creates a field to open your own name and then "
+"If you have had  a previous linux install and want to put the entire disk"
-"what username you want to use when you log in. The next input field is "
+" or just replace an entire partition you will need to unmount them. In "
-"for the hostname of your computer. The final field of this entry is to "
+"this case running"
-"enter your password twice to make sure you have not mistyped it into your"
-" box and then reboot to an install you cannot log into as this is a way "
-"more frustrating feeling than entering a password twice. Pressing the "
-"next button will give you a summary screen of the settings before install"
-" and if this is what you want press the install button to install "
-"everything after confirming in the dialog."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:40
-msgid "The Install"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:41
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:67
 msgid ""
-"The installer will show a slideshow while the installer writes to the "
+"will unmount them and any partitions with data mounted can be unmounted "
-"partition and installs Lubuntu. Once Lubuntu is installed you have a "
+"through pcmanfm-qt."
-"checkbox to reboot now after your Lubuntu is installed and is now "
+msgstr ""
-"finished."
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:70
+msgid "Manual partitioning"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:72
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to manual set up partitions, as an advanced option you will "
+"have to choose which file-system you want. A file-system controls how "
+"your files are accessed at lower levels on the disk. If you are booting "
+"your computer in UEFI mode a more modern firmware compared to BIOS you "
+"will need to create an EFI system partition see  `efi system "
+"partitionwikipedia <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition>`_ "
+"for more detail to create this partition you will need a FAT32 file-"
+"system with the ESP flag with to be mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount"
+" point. You will also need a root (/) file-system, several file-systems "
+"included for Lubuntu are Ext4, XFS, and Btrfs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/1/1.3/installation.rst:74
+msgid ""
+"You can create partition by clicking the button which will bring up a "
+"dialog. The file system field is a drop down menu, select which file-"
+"system you want. You also need to select where you want to mount the "
+"partition. which you need at least one root (/) partition and if you are "
+"booting an EFI system you will also need a /boot/efi mounted partition. "
+"Another common option is to have all your data on its own partition, "
+"which can even be on its own separate physical disk this can be mounted "
+"at /home."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This will tell you about installation"
+#~ " of Lubuntu. Once you have booted "
+#~ "lubuntu to install it you will be"
+#~ " greated by a screen that shows "
+#~ "Start Lubuntu, Check disk for defects,"
+#~ " test RAM, and boot from first "
+#~ "hard disk. To start the install "
+#~ "press install Lubuntu. In the upper "
+#~ "left hand corner of the desktop "
+#~ "that looks like a disk which says"
+#~ " Install Lubuntu 18.10. You will be"
+#~ " taken to a screen with Welcome "
+#~ "to the lubuntu installer. If you "
+#~ "wish to choose a different language "
+#~ "there is a log with which language"
+#~ " to  run the intsaller."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "After selecting the language the next"
+#~ " button will move you on to the"
+#~ " next task."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The next screen will show you a"
+#~ " map of the world where you can"
+#~ " chooose your time zone and will "
+#~ "stay up to date. On the bottom "
+#~ "of the window there is a place "
+#~ "to change your system language for "
+#~ "the install after you finsih installing"
+#~ " and the format for date and "
+#~ "time."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To find the keyboard layout you "
+#~ "can check if you want your "
+#~ "keytobard on the top of the window"
+#~ " should look the same as below "
+#~ "on your keyboard. At the far "
+#~ "bottom you can type to make sure"
+#~ " your layout is correct. The keyboard"
+#~ " model version lets you choose "
+#~ "different layouts and the right column"
+#~ " gets different vairtns of that "
+#~ "loyout. To continue with the "
+#~ "installation press the next button."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If all you want is Lubuntu is "
+#~ "on your is Lubuntu you can select"
+#~ " the erase disk which will delete "
+#~ "all daata on the disk which is "
+#~ "why having your data backed up "
+#~ "before this point is extremely "
+#~ "important. IF you choose to do "
+#~ "this you can continue on to user"
+#~ " setup."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Erasing your entire disk or partiion "
+#~ "may cause you to lose data so "
+#~ "please backup beforehand."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have had  a previous linux"
+#~ " install and want to put the "
+#~ "entire disk or just replace an "
+#~ "entire partition you will need to "
+#~ "unmount them. In this subcase running"
+#~ "  `sudo swapoff -a` will unmount them"
+#~ " and any partitions with data mounted"
+#~ " can be unmounted through pcmanfm-qt."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Manual partioning"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you wish to manual set up "
+#~ "partitions as an advanced option you "
+#~ "will have to choose which filesystem "
+#~ "you want. A filesystem controls how "
+#~ "your filesystems are accessed at lower"
+#~ " levels on the disk. If you are"
+#~ " booting your computer in UEFI mode"
+#~ " a more modern firmware compared to"
+#~ " BIOS you will need to create "
+#~ "an EFI system partition see  "
+#~ "`http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EFI_System_partition` for "
+#~ "more detail to create this partition "
+#~ "you will need a fat32 filesystem "
+#~ "with the ESP flag with to be "
+#~ "mounted at /boot/efi/ under the mount"
+#~ " point. You will  also need a /"
+#~ " or root filesystem several filesystems "
+#~ "included for Lubuntu are ext4, xfs, "
+#~ "and btrfs. If you have had  a "
+#~ "previous linux install and want to "
+#~ "put the entire disk or just "
+#~ "replace an entire partition you will "
+#~ "need to unmount them."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To create a partition you need to"
+#~ " press the create partition button "
+#~ "which will bring up a dialog. The"
+#~ " filesystem field is a drop down "
+#~ "menu to select which filesystem you "
+#~ "want. You also need to select "
+#~ "where you want to mount the "
+#~ "partition which you need at least "
+#~ "one / partition and if you are "
+#~ "booting an efi system you will "
+#~ "also need a /boot/efi mounted partition."
+#~ " Another common option is if you "
+#~ "have a want to have your data "
+#~ "all on its own partition which can"
+#~ " even be on its own seperate "
+#~ "physical disk this can be mounted "
+#~ "at /home."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The user setup section creates a "
+#~ "field to open your own name and"
+#~ " then what username you want to "
+#~ "use when you log in. The next "
+#~ "input field is for the hostname of"
+#~ " your computer. The final field of"
+#~ " this entry is to enter your "
+#~ "password twice to make sure you "
+#~ "have not mistyped it into your box"
+#~ " and then reboot to an install "
+#~ "you cannot log into as this is "
+#~ "a way more frustrating feeling than "
+#~ "entering a password twice. Pressing the"
+#~ " next button will give you a "
+#~ "summary screen of the settings before"
+#~ " install and if this is what "
+#~ "you want press the install button "
+#~ "to install everything after confirming "
+#~ "in the dialog."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The installer will show a slideshow "
+#~ "while the installer writes to the "
+#~ "partition and installs Lubuntu. Once "
+#~ "Lubuntu is installed you have a "
+#~ "checkbox to reboot now after your "
+#~ "Lubuntu is installed and is now "
+#~ "finished."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/1/Installing_lubuntu.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,10 +20,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 1: Installing Lubuntu"
+msgid "Chapter 1 Installing Lubuntu"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/1/Installing_lubuntu.rst:4
-msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer."
+msgid ""
+"This chapter will show you how to download and install Lubuntu on your "
+"computer."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid "Chapter 1: Installing Lubuntu"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "This chapter will show you how to install Lubuntu on your computer."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -75,27 +75,180 @@ msgid "Open source"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:21
-msgid "Usage/Screenshots"
+msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:26
-msgid "Version"
+msgid "Useage"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:27
 msgid ""
+"To open a new tab in firefox press the plus button on the right of the "
+"tab bar or press :kbd:`Control + t`. To close a tab press the button with"
+" an x on the right side of the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`.  To Open a"
+" new window in browsing press :kbd:`Control +N`. To view your browsing "
+"history press the button that looks like a stack of books with the last "
+"one at the end the third item down will show you history or press "
+":kbd:`Control +H`. To view your downloaded files press the button that "
+"looks like three stacked books with a fourth leaning over "
+":menuselection:`--> Downloads`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"To go back to a previous page in firefox press the button pointing to the"
+" left or press :kbd:`Control + LEft arrow`. To open the page you were "
+"previously at in a new tab middle click the back button. To go forward to"
+" a page you have visited before but have now gone back from press the "
+"button with the arrow pointing to the right or :kbd:`Control+ Right`. "
+"Middle click on the forward button to open the page you went back from in"
+" a new tab. To download a file directly to your local disk right click on"
+" the save file as and then you will get options to save the file where "
+"you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To go to a specific url in the address bar you can type it in the the "
+"main bar in the middle. If you have a url in your clipboard you can paste"
+" it here or into the address bar right click and :menuselection:`paste "
+"and go`. Or if you right click into the the clipboard and not immediately"
+" go to the page and type in a sub page right click paste and then type to"
+" go a specific sub page of the same site and then press enter to go to "
+"the page. If you press :kbd:`F6` the cursor will select the address bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To bookmark a page press :kbd:`Control +D` or Press the button with three"
+" vertical lines and slanted one and then the submenu of bookmarks and "
+"bookmark this page. To access the bookmark again press that looks like "
+"three vertical lines and a slanted one and bookmarks and then select the "
+"bookmark you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:35
+msgid "To view info on your webpage press :kbd:`Control+ I`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To zoom in if you find the text on a web page to small press "
+":kbd:`control + +`. If you want to zoom out on the text or pictures press"
+" :kbd:`control + -`. To reset to the original zoom press :kbd:`control + "
+"0`. To make firefox fullscreen press :kbd:`F11`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"To print a webpage such as directions you can click the button with "
+"horizontal bars and select :menuselection:`Print` from the menu. You can "
+"also print by pressing :kbd:`Control+P`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If you want a menubar for firefox right click the main toolbar and click "
+"the checkbox for :guilabel:`menu bar`. To reload a tab even one you are "
+"not on right click on the tab bar :menuselection:`reload tab`. To mute a "
+"tab even when you are not on it you can right click on the tab and then "
+"select :menuselection:`mute tab`. To open a new copy of a tab right click"
+" on the tab bar and then select :menuselection:`duplicate tab`. To move a"
+" tab all the way to the left right click on the tab :menuselection:`Move "
+"tab --> Move to start`. To move a tab all the way to the right right "
+"click on tab :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move to end`. To move a tab to "
+"a new window right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Move tab --> Move"
+" to new Window`. If you want to bookmark a tab right click the tab and "
+":menuselection:`Bookmark tab`. To close tabs to the right of the current "
+"tab right click on the tab and :menuselection:`Close tabs to the right`. "
+"To undo closing a tab right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Undo Close"
+" Tab`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"If you want to view your firefox prefrences you can type "
+"about:preferences into the address bar. To have your seession restored "
+"each time you restart firefox is on the general tab of firefox prefrences"
+" is to press restore previous session. The checkbox for "
+":guilabel:`Restore previous session` checkbox restores your tab when you "
+"close firefox. The tabs section has a checkbox to :guilabel:`open links "
+"in new tabs` instead of new windows which is checked by default. The "
+"checkbox for :guilabel:`When you open a link a new tab switch to it "
+"immediately` switches to new tabs when you open them. The radio button "
+"group for :guilabel:`Downloads` lets you have a static location to save "
+"downloads or always ask to save files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"To tab on the left :guilabel:`Home` has settings for your home and "
+"opening of new tabs. The :guilabel:`Homepage and new windows` drop down "
+"lets you select the firefox home or a blank page when you first open the "
+"browser. The :guilabel:`New Tabs` menu lets you choose firefox home or "
+"blank page when you open a new tab. The checkbox :guilabel:`Web Search` "
+"lets you toggle whther to show a web search on the firefox homepage. The "
+"checkbox :guilabel:`Top Sites` shows the sites you visit the most. The "
+"checkbox :guilabel:`Recommend by Pocket` toggles links recommend by "
+"pocket. Uncheck the :guilabel:`Sponsored stories` checkbox to not have "
+"sponsoerd stories from pocket. The :guilabel:`Highlights` checkbox allows"
+" site that you have saved or visited recently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"To manage your search settings use the :guilabel:`search` tab on "
+"prefrences. The radio button for :guilabel:`Search Bar` changes whether "
+"you want a seperate search bar or and integrated search bar for search "
+"and navigation. The :guilabel:`Default Search Engine` lets you change "
+"your default search engine. To toggle whether to search suggestions "
+"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Provide search suggestions`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:51
+msgid ""
+"I to copy text in firefox press :kbd:`Control +C`. To paste text into "
+"firefox press :kbd:`Control+ V`. To cut text in firefox press "
+":kbd:`Control+X`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:54
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:55
+msgid ""
 "Lubuntu currently ships with the latest version of Firefox, Firefox "
 "Quantum."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:30
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:58
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:31
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:59
 msgid ""
 "To open Firefox, click on the Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a "
-"blue sphere) in the Lubuntu Menu. You can also type and run `firefox` in "
+"blue sphere) in :menuselection:`Internet --> Firefox` Menu. You can also "
-"the terminal to open the browser."
+"type and run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.1/firefox.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"from the terminal to run firefox. You can also from the command line have"
+" firefox directly open this manual with"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Usage/Screenshots"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open Firefox, click on the "
+#~ "Firefox icon (red/orange fox covering a"
+#~ " blue sphere) in the Lubuntu Menu."
+#~ " You can also type and run "
+#~ "`firefox` in the terminal to open "
+#~ "the browser."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,28 +20,122 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission"
+msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Transmission"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:4
-msgid "Qtransmission is a bittorrent client."
+msgid "Transmission is a bit-torrent client."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:8
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:7
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:9
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:14
-msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Qtransmission."
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Transmission."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:17
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To open a torrent file press the open or simply double clicking the "
+"torrent file from a web browser after opening it will start Transmission."
+" The torrent file will start download and using your connection to upload"
+" to others in a so called peer to peer network. At the bottom you will "
+"see an arrow pointing downward to show how fast you are downloading. The "
+"up arrow shows how fast you are seeding or uploading the file to others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"While you download your file a progress bar with will show your download "
+"for each file once you have it entirely you have see how many people you "
+"are seeding to each person and how fast you are uploading to that person."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"The button with two || circled is a pause button that can pause all "
+"downloads and uploads. To start downloading and uploading again to press "
+"a button with a triangle to start uploading and downloading again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To remove a torrent from the list of torrent files right click on it or "
+":kbd:`Delete` and click remove. To delete the files and remove the "
+"torrent from the list right click Delete files and remove or press "
+":kbd:`Shift +Delete`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"If you want have a move compact view :menuselection:`View --> Compact "
+"View` or press :kbd:`Alt + C`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To sort your torrents by activity :menuselection:`View --> Sort by "
+"Activity`. To sort your torrents by age :menuselection:`View --> Sort by "
+"Age`. To sort your torrents by name :menuselection:`View --> Sort by "
+"Name`. To sort your torrents by Progress :menuselection:`View --> Sort by"
+" Progress`.  To sort your torrents by Queue :menuselection:`View --> Sort"
+" by Queue`. To sort your torrents by ratio uploaded to downloaded "
+":menuselection:`View --> Sort by ratio`. To sort your torrents by size "
+":menuselection:`View --> Sort by Size`. To sort your torrents by State "
+":menuselection:`View --> Sort by State`. To sort your torrents by time to"
+" finish downloading :menuselection:`View --> Sort by time left`. To "
+"reverse the sort order :menuselection:`View --> Reverse sort order`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"If you want to deprioitize the speed of your torrents press the button on"
+" the bottom of transmission that looks like a turtle. To change the raio "
+"view on the bottom to your total changes :menuselection:`Globe button -->"
+" Total Transfer`. To view your upload/download ratio in the current "
+"session :menuselection:`Globe button --> Session Ratio`. To view your "
+"transfer from the current session only :menuselection:`Globe button --> "
+"Session Transfer`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:33
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:13
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To launch Transmission go to menu :menuselection:`Internet --> "
+"Qtransmission` bittorent client or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.2/qtransmission.rst:41
 msgid ""
-"To launch Qtransmission go to menu -> Internet -> Qtransmission bittorent"
+"from the terminal. The icon looks like a silver box outlined in red with "
-" client or run transmission-qt from the command line."
+"a double pointed vertical arrow."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid "Chapter 2.1.2 Qtransmission"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Qtransmission is a bittorrent client."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 2.94 of Qtransmission."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch Qtransmission go to menu "
+#~ "-> Internet -> Qtransmission bittorent "
+#~ "client or run transmission-qt from "
+#~ "the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.po

@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 2016-2018, Lubuntu Team. This work is licensed under a
+# Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Lubuntu Manual
+# package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2019.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:2
+msgid "Chapter 2.1.3 Quassel IRC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"Quassel IRC is a modern, cross-platform, distributed chat client. Quassel"
+" aim to bring a pleasurable, comfortable chatting experience to all major"
+" platforms (including Linux®, Windows®, and MacOS X® as well as Android "
+"smartphones), making communication with your peers not only convenient, "
+"but also ubiquitous available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11
+msgid "Features:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:7
+msgid "Remember Channels and servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:8
+msgid "SASL authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:9
+msgid "Notifications, including sounds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:10
+msgid "Aliases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:11
+msgid "Ignore lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:14
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To chat on irc you need to connect to a server and join a channel. This "
+"can be done with the join button or by typing \"/join [channel]\". To "
+"send a query or private message directly to someone type \"/query\" "
+"username or right click on the user list and select start query. If you "
+"wish to view older messages just scroll up. Scroll down to view newer "
+"messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:19
+msgid ""
+"To add the Lubuntu IRC chat network click :menuselection:`File --> "
+"Networks --> Configure_Networks`  +Add(Networks) -> Use preset, select "
+"Lubuntu IRC -> click OK. To join a channel simple type \"/join 1\" (where"
+" 1 is the channel name), right click the network and select join channel "
+"or use the join button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"In Quasel if someone says your name you are said to be highlighted which "
+"in Quasel will make a sound and in a goldenrod color over the line of "
+"text with your name on it. The notification will also be shown on your "
+"desktop if you are in another window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To use Sasl authentication to autologin to an account no matter which "
+"nickname you want to use :menuselection:`File --> Networks --> Configure "
+"networks` to bring up a network configuration dialog. Click on the "
+"autoidentify tab and press the checkbox for use SASL authentication. "
+"Enter your username on the IRC network in the username text field. Input "
+"your password into the password field so that you know how to auto "
+"identifify. You can also autoidentify without  using sasl by clicking the"
+" Top checkbox. Nickserv is a sensible default for what the services is "
+"but it may be different on different servers and put your password in "
+"where you autoidentify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To ignore a really annoying user you can on the nicks bar on the right "
+"hand side right click ignore and then select a user to ingore so you will"
+" not hear them in irc. If you realize you want to talk to them again "
+"Right click the same username and uncheck the checkbox for the ignore "
+"rule you created. You also can switch between multiple channels with "
+":kbd:`Alt + up arrow` to move up or :kbd:`Alt + Down arrow` to move down."
+" To go to the next active chat press :kbd:`Alt + Right` or to go to the "
+"previous active chat :kbd:`Alt + Left`. To jump to a hot chat press "
+":kbd:`Meta +A`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To type a message to an entire channel type into the bar at the bottom "
+"and press enter. To complete typing someone's nickname press the "
+":kbd:`Tab` key to complete their name. To paste text into the channel "
+"such as a link press :kbd:`Control + V` or right click paste. If you see "
+"a hyperlink in chat you can left click on the link to open in your "
+"webbrowser. Another is if you want to copy the link right click on it and"
+" copy link adress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"If you want to have settings for automatic recoonecting "
+":menuselection:`File --> Network --> Configure network` and slect the "
+"Connection tab. The checkbox for auto reconnect will automatically rejoin"
+" chats if you get disconnected. The wait filed shows how long to between "
+"the retries between each try. The checkbox for rejoin all channels after "
+"reconnecting lets you rejoin all of your channels without having to "
+"manual rejoin each. The number of retries is how many times to retry to "
+"connect before stopping. To have an unlimited number of retries click the"
+" unlimited number of checkboxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To add close the list of nicknames or channels press the X button. To "
+"reopen the view of nicks :menuselection:`View --> Nicks`. To close the "
+"list of all chats press the X button to close a list of all channel and "
+"private messages you are in. To reopen it press the :menuselection:`View "
+"--> Chat lists --> All chats`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To make your chat full screen :menuselection:`View --> Full Screen Mode` "
+"or :kbd:`Control + Shift +F`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"To change your settings on your notifications :menuselection:`Settings "
+"--> Notificiations`. To select which event to change your settings left "
+"click on :guilabel:`Private message when focused`, :guilabel:`Highlight`,"
+" :guilabel:`Highlight When Focused`, or :guilabel:`Private Message`. If "
+"you do not know what highlight is it is when someone mentions your name "
+"in a channel. The checkbox :guilabel:`Play a Sound` allows you to to "
+"toggle playing a sound in the context. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show "
+"message in a popup` creates a popup notification when someone else "
+"mentions you. The :guilabel:`Log to file` puts the message in a file. The"
+" :guilabel:`Mark taskbar entry` makes the taskbar entry appear "
+"highlighted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To select all of your Settings for Quassel :menuselection:`Settings --> "
+"Configure Quassel`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"To see all the nicknames of someone in a channel are located in a sidebar"
+" labeled :guilabel:`Nicks`. The lists of all channels you are in is "
+"labeled :guilabel:`All chats`. To switch between different channels left "
+"click on the channel name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:48
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"To change your prefrences for quassel press :kbd:`F7` or "
+":menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Quassel`. To change the client "
+"style for the widget of quassel choose a widget style from the "
+":guilabel:`Client style` drop down menu. To toggle showing tray icon "
+"check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Show system tray icon` checkbox. If you want"
+" to be able to close the quassel window and still have quassel running in"
+" the system tray to bring it back up check the :guilabel:`Hide to tray on"
+" close button`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Chat view` tab has settings for colors timestamps and "
+"hyperlinks. To chose a custom chat window font press the "
+":guilabel:`Custom chat window font` checkbox and then press the "
+":guilabel:`choose` button to choose a new font. To toggle if you want "
+"colored text press/unpress the :guilabel:`Allow colored text` checkbox. "
+"To toggle previews of hyperlinks in chat check/uncheck the "
+":guilabel:`Show previews of webpages on URL hover`. To toggle setting "
+"marker line when switching chats check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Set marker "
+"line automatically when switching chats`. To toggle the set marker line "
+"automatically when Quassel losses focus check/uncheck :guilabel:`Set "
+"marker line automatically when Quassel loses focus` checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To change the Colors of your user interface on Quassel check the "
+":guilabel:`Custom Colors` checkbox. Then there are many buttons for each "
+"different kind of message which you can press the buton that all bring up"
+" the specific color for that kind of message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Chat & Nick Lists` has settings for the lists of nickname "
+"lists. The :guilabel:`Custom font` checkbox lets you chose a custom font "
+"on the lists of nicks and the :guilabel:`Choose` button lets you choose "
+"the font you want. The :guilabel:`Display topic in tooltip` shows the "
+"channel topic in a tooltip if you move the mouse over it. If you want to "
+"be able to switch channels from the mouse wheel check the "
+":guilabel:`Mouse wheel changes selected chat` checkbox. The checkbox "
+":guilabel:`Use Custom Colors` enables the settings for different colors "
+"for the different channels. The buttons next to :guilabel:`Standard`, "
+":guilabel:`Inactive`, :guilabel:`Highlight`, or :guilabel:`Other "
+"activity` all change what color the channel appears when you are in a "
+"list of channels. The :guilabel:`Custom Nick List colors` checkbox lets "
+"you change the color of nicks in the list. The :guilabel:`Online` button "
+"changes the color of nicks of online users. The :guilabel:`Away` button "
+"changes the color of nicks of Away users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Input widget` has settings for what you tab to type into "
+"chanels or private messages. The :guilabel:`Custom Font` checkbox has a "
+"thing to activate your own custom font for just input and press the "
+":guilabel:`Choose` button to the font. To have per chat history check the"
+" :guilabel:`Enable per chat History` checkbox. The checkbox "
+":guilabel:`Show nick selector` puts a widget in the lower left corner of "
+"the window to select different nicks. The checkbox :guilabel:`Show style "
+"buttons` shows buttons that style your text hidden in an arrow under an "
+"arrow. To enable line wrapping when you type a long line in the input box"
+" check the :guilabel:`Line Wrapping`  checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:63
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:64
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 1:0.12.5 of Quassel IRC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:68
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:69
+msgid "In the menu go to :menuselection:`Internet --> Quassel` IRC or type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.3/Quassel_IRC.rst:75
+msgid "in the terminal."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -25,15 +25,50 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:4
 msgid ""
-"bluedevil is the default application to make bluetooth devices for "
+"bluedevil is the default application to manage bluetooth devices for "
 "lubuntu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:7
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:9
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:8
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:10
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 5.13.5 of bluedevil."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:13
+msgid "Pairing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To launch bluedevil to pair with a device from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Wizard`. If bluetooth is disabled "
+"you will be asked to enable it. In the main part of the window will show "
+"detected bluetooth devices. Click on the device you wish to add and press"
+" :guilabel:`next`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:17
+msgid "Sending files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To send a file to another device after pairing with the device "
+":menuselection:`Internet --> Bluedevil Send file` to open the file "
+"sending dialog. Then select the device you want to send a file to. Press "
+"the button with the upward pointing arrow to to bring a dialog of which "
+"files to transfer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.4/bluedevil.rst:21
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "bluedevil is the default application to"
+#~ " make bluetooth devices for lubuntu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -27,21 +27,144 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Trojita is the default IMAP email client of Lubuntu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:7
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"Trojita does not do POP3 so you cannot access your email that way with "
+"trojita."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:8
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12
 msgid "Lubuntu Ships with version 0.7-0 of trojita."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:11
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:15
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"To use trojita you will need to input your account information. You will "
+"need to type in your name so people know what call you and the email "
+"address so trojita needs to know what address to get information from. "
+"The :guilabel:`Imap` tab haas settings for how to get messages to your "
+"machine. The :guilabel:`Encryption` method tells what kind of encrpytion "
+"to use when accessing your mail as needed for your mail provider. The "
+":guilabel:`Server` field is where you input what server to get your email"
+" from. The :guilabel:`Port` tells trojita which network port to access "
+"the server on. The :guilabel:`Username` tells trojita which username to "
+"send to the email server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"After entering this in you will be asked to check the certificate for "
+"your server and will need to select the :guilabel:`yes` for the first "
+"time. If you did not insert your password to be stored on your computer a"
+" dialog box will popup and you will need to input it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"After you have set everything up a set of folders will appear on the left"
+" hand side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To send an email to someone press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
+":menuselection:`Imap --> Compose Mail --> New Message`. Then you will "
+"bring up a compose mail window. Type the email address of the person you "
+"want to type the address where it says :guilabel:`To`. Put the subject of"
+" your message in the :guilabel:`Subject` line. In the main part of the "
+"message called the body is where you will add most of your message. If "
+"you want to attach a file to your email press the button with the "
+"paperclip on it that says :guilabel:`Attach`. To send your message press "
+"the :guilabel:`Send` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To view your messages on trojita to see new messages you have recieved in"
+" your inbox left click on the word :guilabel:`Inbox`. In the center of "
+"the window will show a list of all messages in your inbox. Unread "
+"messages will appear in bold. To view a message left click on the title "
+"and subject of the window and it will appear at the bottom. If you want "
+"to open this email in a popup window of its own double click the message "
+"title. If you recieve an email with an attachment a paperclip will appear"
+" on the message and click that to download the attachment or open it "
+"directly. To switch from text to html view click the :guilabel:`HTML` "
+"tab. To switch back to text click on the :guilabel:`Text` tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Your different folders are on a sidebar on the left hand side of trojita."
+" To switch to another folder such as sent mail to view your sent messages"
+" left click on the :guilabel:`Sent Mail` folder in this case. To switch "
+"to the drafts folder left click where it says :guilabel:`Drafts`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To move to the next unread message press the :kbd:`n` key or to move to "
+"the previous message press the :kbd:`p` key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To reply to a message to just the person that sent it press :kbd:`Control"
+" + Shift +A` or :menuselection:`IMAP --> Private Reply`. To forward an "
+"email to someone else press :kbd:`Control +Shift+F` or "
+":menuselection:`Imap --> Forward`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"When writing a reply message a window will pop up to write your message "
+"in. To send the message press the :guilabel:`Send` button. If you change "
+"your mind about sending this message press the :guilabel:`Cancel`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"To manually check for new messages :menuselection:`Mailbox --> Check for "
+"new messages`. To hide read messages :menuselection:`View --> Hide read "
+"messages` and uncheck this to see read messages again. To view newest "
+"messages in trojita first :menuselection:`View --> Sorting --> "
+"Descending`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"To launch an address book of saved contacts :menuselection:`IMAP --> "
+"Address Book`. To add a new message to contacts press the :guilabel:`Add`"
+" button. Once on the new contact doulbe click on the fields which are all"
+" optional. If you press the X button and have changes you will bring up a"
+" dialog to save the changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:41
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"To launch trojita from the menu -> Internet -> trojita with the icon that"
+"To launch trojita from the menu :menuselection:`Internet --> trojita` "
-" looks like an envolope or run trojita from the command line."
+"with the icon that looks like an envolope or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/2.1.5/trojita.rst:48
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch trojita from the menu ->"
+#~ " Internet -> trojita with the icon"
+#~ " that looks like an envolope or "
+#~ "run trojita from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,3 +23,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 2.1 Internet Applications"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.1/Internet_Applications.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapter documents how to use webbrowsers email clinets and torent "
+"clients."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -41,21 +41,51 @@ msgid ""
 "dialog are along the left hand column."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:11
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:10
-msgid "Version"
+msgid ""
+"Libreoffice all of the different components have a window menu that lets "
+"you switch between a document in libreoffice writer and libreoffice calc."
+" To do this go to :menuselection:`Window` and sleect the window that you "
+"want to switch to."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:12
-msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
+msgid ""
+"Libreoffice if you shutdown without saving your work libreoffice will "
+"automatically recover the document. If you do not want to recover a "
+"document press the :guilabel:`discard` button. If you want to "
+"automatically recover the document press the :guilabel:`start` button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:15
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:19
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:20
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.2.1 of libreoffice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:23
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:16
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"From the menu -> Office -> Libreoffice to launch libreoffice or run "
+"From the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice` to launch "
-"libreoffice from the command line."
+"libreoffice or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.1/libreoffice.rst:30
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "From the menu -> Office -> "
+#~ "Libreoffice to launch libreoffice or run"
+#~ " libreoffice from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -28,20 +28,143 @@ msgid "Libreoffice Calc is a spreadsheat program included by default in Lubuntu.
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:7
-msgid "Version"
+msgid "Useage"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:8
+msgid ""
+"To move between cells press the arrow keys. To enter data into cells type"
+" in the keyboard. To select cells left click and drag to select the cells"
+" you want. To sum data from cells in the cell where you want the sum is "
+"to press the button that looks like Σ character and then drag the mouse "
+"over the cells you want to add. To sort your cells in descending order "
+"press the button with bullet points and an arrow going down. To sort in "
+"ascending order press the button with bullet points and an arrow pointing"
+" upwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"To save your spreadsheet you need to press the button that looks like a "
+"floppy disk, press the keyboard shortcut or go to :menuselection:`file "
+"--> save`. To save with a different file name :menuselection:`File --> "
+"Save as`. To open a file press the button that looks like a brown folder "
+"and add selct the file you want from the dialog or :menuselection:`File "
+"--> Open`. To open a recent document :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
+"Documents`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To copy data you can right click copy, press the button with two pieces "
+"of paper or press :kbd:`control + c`. To paste data press control "
+":kbd:`control +v`, :menuselection:`edit -->  paste`, right click paste or"
+" press the botton that is a clipboard with a piece of paper on it. To cut"
+" text press :kbd:`control+x` or press the sciors button to cut text. If "
+"you want to paste your text unformatted press :kbd:`Control+Shift + "
+"Alt+V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"To insert an image press :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To get to the"
+" dialog of how to insert a chart :menuselection:`Insert --> Chart`. The "
+"the first selection is to choose a column, bar, Pie, Area, Line, "
+"XY(Scatter), Bubble, Net, Stock, or Column and Line chart. To change the "
+"subtype of graph click the pciture of a chart that looks like the type "
+"you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"If you want to insert a new column to the left of a column right click on"
+" the letter for the column Insert column left. If you want the new column"
+" to the right is right click on the letter and insert column right. If "
+"you want to delete a column right click on the letter and delete column. "
+"To insert a row above the current row right click on the number and "
+"insert row above. To insert a row below the current row right click on "
+"the number and insert row below. To delte a row right click the number "
+"delete rows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To change the size of a  row or colum of cells click in between the "
+"border of that particular row or column and drag with the mouse to give "
+"yourself room."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To sort your data like a bunch of names first select all the cells with "
+"the mouse :menuselection:`Data --> Sort Ascending`. If you want the "
+"reverse order to this you can have :menuselection:`Data --> Sort "
+"Descending`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To undo a selection press :kbd:`control +z` or press the button with the "
+"arrow looping around and pointing to the left. To redo an operation press"
+" :kbd:`Control +y` or the number looping to the right and exiting to the "
+"left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To zoom to view a full page on your spreadsheet in the menu "
+":menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Entire Page`. To view the whole width "
+"of your page on the menu :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"To select all cells in your spreadsheet press :kbd:`Control+A`. To select"
+" an entire column press :kbd:`Control+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
+"Select --> Select Column`. To select an entire row press :kbd:`Shift "
+"+Space` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Select --> Select Row`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To createa a new spreadsheet in the same file press the button on the "
+"bottom that looks like a :guilabel:`+` or :menuselection:`Sheet --> "
+"Insert Sheet`. To switch between each sheet perss the button on each "
+"sheet at the bottom near the button to add a new sheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To insert a special character not on your keyboard :menuselection:`Insert"
+" --> Special Character`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:38
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:39
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version  6.1.1.2 of libreoffice Calc."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:11
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:42
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:43
 msgid ""
-"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to Office -> Libreoffice Calc "
+"To launch libreoffice calc in the menu go to :menuselection:`Office --> "
-"or run localc from the command line."
+"Libreoffice Calc` or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.2/libreoffice_calc.rst:49
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch libreoffice calc in the "
+#~ "menu go to Office -> Libreoffice "
+#~ "Calc or run localc from the "
+#~ "command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Libreoffice Impress is a program to present presentations."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:9
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
 msgid "Features include:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -43,41 +43,278 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "pdf export"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:10
-msgid "Useage"
+msgid "images"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:13
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:14
 msgid ""
 "When you open libreoffice impress you will get a dialog to select a "
 "templete with a preview select which one you want to use by left clicking"
-" and then click open. To add a title to a slide click where it says click"
+" and then click :guilabel:`open`. To add a title to a slide click where "
-" to add title."
+"it says click to add title."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:15
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:16
 msgid ""
 "To open a previous presentation you have been working on press the button"
 " that looks like a folder with a piece of paper in it and navigate to the"
-" file you want and open it. To save your presentation press the button "
+" file you want and open it or :menuselection:`File --> Open`. To view "
-"that looks like a floppy disk."
+"your recently opened files press :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
+"Documents`. To save your presentation press the button that looks like a "
+"floppy disk or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To save a new copy under a"
+" custom file name :menuselection:`File --> Save As`. To save a file as a "
+"pdf :menuselection:`File --> Export as PDF`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To type text into a presentation click in one of the boxes for your theme"
+" and type in the text with controls for the text on the right hand side. "
+"To insert a picture press the button with what looks like a photograph of"
+" a tree and select the file you want to insert or :menuselection:`Insert "
+"--> Image...`. To insert audio or video to your presentation "
+":menuselection:`Insert --> Audio or video`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To change the layout of your slide :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> "
+"Your prefred layout`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To apply a bold effects on your fonts select the text with the mouse and "
+"then press :kbd:`Control+ B` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
+"Bold`. To make text italic with first select it and then press "
+":kbd:`Control + I` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Italic`. To "
+"underline your text select it and then press :kbd:`Control+U` or "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Underline`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To increaase your font size press :kbd:`Control + ]` or "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Increase Size`. To decrease your font"
+" size press :kbd:`Control + [` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> "
+"Decrease Size`. To make text superscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift "
+"+ Control +P` or :menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Superscript`. To "
+"make text subscript select it and press :kbd:`Shift + Control + B` or "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Text --> Subscript`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To spell check your presentation press :kbd:`F7` or :menuselection:`Tools"
+" --> Spellcheck`. If you want to print your slides you can press "
+":kbd:`Control + p` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`. To open up your "
+"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer Settings`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"If you want to paste text into a slideshow press :kbd:`Control + V` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text select it first and then "
+"press :kbd:`Control + C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text "
+"select it first and the press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit "
+"--> Cut`. To paste text without formatting pres :kbd:`Control +Shift + "
+"Alt +V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To insert a special character :menuselection:`Insert --> Special "
+"Character`. To center your text press :kbd:`Control + E` or "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Align --> Center`. To have your text aligned "
+"to the right press :kbd:`Control +R` or :menuselection:`Format --> Align "
+"--> Right`. To align text to the left press :kbd:`Control + L` or "
+":menuselection:`Format -->Align --> Left`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"To bring up a dialog to customize the character or your text "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Character`. The :guilabel:`Family` lets you "
+"choose the font family for your text. The :guilabel:`Style` is where you "
+"can select the of your font. The :guilabel:`Size` Lets you change the "
+"font size. The :guilabel:`Font effects` tab has even more effects for "
+"fonts. The drop down :guilabel:`Font Label` changes your font color. The "
+":guilabel:`Overlining` menu lets you make a style for how to draw lines "
+"over the text. The :guilabel:`Overline Color` brings up a drop down menu "
+"to choose what color to draw a line over something. The "
+":guilabel:`Effects` has effects for your text. To have many different "
+"strikethrough effects to your text select the one you want from "
+"thedropdown :guilabel:`Strikethrough` menu. To change whether the font "
+"appears to be sunken or raised from the presentation use the menu for "
+":guilabel:`Relief`. To choose how you want your text underlined choose an"
+" option from the :guilabel:`Underlining` menu. To change the color of "
+"your underline use the :guilabel:`Underline color` menu. To have effects "
+"with how your is vertically with the rest of the line select the "
+":guilabel:`Position` tab. To make your text superscript press the  "
+":guilabel:`Superscript` button. To make your text subscript press the "
+":guilabel:`Subscript` button. The menu for :guilabel:`Scale width` "
+"changes how much to scale the width of the font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"To toggle bulleted lists on your points :menuselection:`Format --> Lists "
+"--> Bulleted List`. To toggle a numbered list for your points "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Lists --> Numbered Lists`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"To change your line spacing on your presentation :menuselection:`Format "
+"--> Spacing --> Line spacing` and select the spacing you want. To "
+"increase your spacing between paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> "
+"Spacing --> Increase Paragraph Spacing`. To decrease your spacing between"
+" paragraphs :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Decrease Paragraph "
+"Spacing`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"To move settings with a box of text left click on the border of the box "
+"of text. To move the text box click and drag on the border. To resize "
+"both vertical and horizontal size together left click on the corner and "
+"resize the text box. To resize how tall the text box is click the box at "
+"the top or bottom and drag to the desired size. To resize the horizontal "
+"size only select the box on a veritcal size of the box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"To search for text press :kbd:`Control + F` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
+"Find` to search for text. To find and replaace text press :kbd:`Control +"
+" H` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Find and Replace`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"To move a text box around you can left click on the text box and drag it "
+"to the desired position. To resize a text box click on the corner and "
+"drag to resize to the desired size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"To insert an image click :menuselection:`Insert --> Image`. To drag your "
+"image to where you want it left click and drag the mouse to where you "
+"want the image. To resize the image without distorting it click one of "
+"the boxes on the corner and resize to the size you wish. If you want to "
+"delete an image press :kbd:`Delete`. To replace an image right click the "
+"image and :menuselection:`Replace` will bring a file picker up to pick a "
+"new image. To crop an image right click on the image and select "
+":menuselection:`Crop`. To save an image out of a presentation right click"
+" on the image and select :menuselection:`Save ...`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"To change the zoom of you presentation :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> "
+"Zoom` to bring up a window to manage your zoom. If you just want to zoom "
+"to fit the page width :menuselection:`View --> Zoom --> Page Width`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"On the left there is a panel showing what slides you currently have in "
+"left side of the window. To insert a new slide right click on this panel "
+"on the left and select new slide or press :kbd:`Control + Enter`. To "
+"delete a slide on the left hand slide right click and select delete slide"
+" or :menuselection:`Slide --> Delete Slide`. To create another copy of a "
+"slide right click and then select duplicate slide. To change the type of "
+"slide  :menuselection:`Slide --> Layout --> Your choice of slide here` "
+"which has many different options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To move a slide down :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Down`. To "
+"move a slide up :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide Up`. To move a "
+"slide to the start :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to start`. To"
+" move a slide to the end :menuselection:`Slide --> Move --> Slide to "
+"end`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"To start a slideshow press :kbd:`f5` or the button the looks like a tv "
+"with a triangle on it or :menuselection:`slideshow --> start from the "
+"first slide.` To start a slideshow from the current slide press "
+":kbd:`Shift + f5` or :menuselection:`Slideshow --> Start from current "
+"slide`. To exit the slideshow press escape. To get to the next slide of "
+"the slideshow  left click or press the :kbd:`right arrow key`. to get to "
+"a previous slide in presentation mode press the :kbd:`left arrow key` or "
+"right click previous."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To view your slides right next to each other :menuselection:`View --> "
+"Slide Sorter`. To rearange your slides click and hold a slide and drag "
+"the slide between the slides you want to move to. To switch to an outline"
+" view of just text :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch to an "
+"outline :menuselection:`View --> Outline`. To switch back to your normal "
+"view :menuselection:`View --> Normal`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:61
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:65
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:19
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:66
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice impress."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:22
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:69
 msgid "How To launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:23
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:70
 msgid ""
-"To launch go to the menu -> Office -> Libreoffice impress or run "
+"To launch go to the menu :menuselection:`Office --> Libreoffice Impress` "
-"loimpress."
+"or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.3/libreoffice_impress.rst:76
+msgid "from the command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When you open libreoffice impress you"
+#~ " will get a dialog to select a"
+#~ " templete with a preview select which"
+#~ " one you want to use by left"
+#~ " clicking and then click open. To "
+#~ "add a title to a slide click "
+#~ "where it says click to add title."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open a previous presentation you "
+#~ "have been working on press the "
+#~ "button that looks like a folder "
+#~ "with a piece of paper in it "
+#~ "and navigate to the file you want"
+#~ " and open it. To save your "
+#~ "presentation press the button that looks"
+#~ " like a floppy disk."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch go to the menu -> "
+#~ "Office -> Libreoffice impress or run "
+#~ "loimpress."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,21 +23,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 2.2.4 Libreoffice Math"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:5
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:7
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:6
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with Version 6.1.1.2 of libreoffice math."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:10
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:9
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:13
+msgid "Useage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:14
+msgid ""
+"To save your formula you have written in libreoffice math press "
+":kbd:`Control +S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. To open a file press"
+" :kbd:`Control +O` or :menuselection:`File --> Open`.  To print your "
+"fomrula press :kbd:`Control +P` or :menuselection:`File --> Print`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"To paste text into libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +V` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Paste`. To copy text from libreoffice math press"
+" :kbd:`Control+C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text from "
+"libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit --> "
+"Cut`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To undo changes in libreoffice math press :kbd:`Control +Z` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Undo`. To redo a change you have undone press "
+":kbd:`Control +Y` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Redo`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"The left hand side has many symbols you can use for say set relations and"
+" other operators. To insert even more symbols :menuselection:`Tools --> "
+"Symbols`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:23
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:11
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"To launch libreoffice math in the menu -> office -> libreoffice math or "
+"To launch libreoffice math in the menu :menuselection:`office --> "
-"run lomath from the command line."
+"libreoffice math` or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.4/libreoffice_math.rst:30
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch libreoffice math in the "
+#~ "menu -> office -> libreoffice math "
+#~ "or run lomath from the command "
+#~ "line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -69,38 +69,254 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "To use libreoffice writer type what you wish to type into the main part "
 "of the window. If you wish to save your data press the icon that looks "
-"like a floppy disk or press control + s. To open a previously saved "
+"like a floppy disk or press :kbd:`control + s`. To open a previously "
-"document press the button that looks like a folder or press control plus "
+"saved document press the button that looks like a folder or press "
-"o. To load or save a file from the menu file -> open to open a file or "
+":kbd:`control + o`. To load or save a file from the menu "
-"file -> save. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a "
+":menuselection:`File --> Open` to open a file or :menuselection:`File -->"
-"sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go file -> export and "
+" Save`. To save your file as a new file name :menuselection:`File --> "
-"select the file type as pdf."
+"Save As`. To view your recent documents :menuselection:`File --> Recent "
+"Documents`. To have save your file as a pdf press the button that is a "
+"sheet of paper with curved red lines on it or go :menuselection:`File -->"
+" Export` and select the file type as pdf. This same export menu will let "
+"you save in formats for other programs for compatibility with microsoft "
+"word."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:21
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:24
 msgid ""
 "To change the font size There is a drop down box with a number in it you "
 "can type the font size you want in this box or select from the dropdown "
 "menu. You can change the font with the drop down box to the left of the "
 "font size which you can type and it autocompletes the fonts or select "
-"from the drop down menu."
+"from the drop down menu. To make your text bold you can select the text "
+"with the mouse and press the button that looks like **B** or press "
+":kbd:`control + B`. To make the font italic press the button that looks "
+"like  *I* or press :kbd:`control + I` after selecting the text or keep "
+"typing with it to be italic. To have an underlined text select the text "
+"and press :kbd:`Control +U`. To make strikethrough press the button that "
+"is a s with a line through it. If you want a floating window on how to "
+"style your text :menuselection:`Format --> Character`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:23
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To copy text select it with the mouse or :kbd:`Shift + arrow key` then "
+"press :kbd:`Control +C` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Copy`. To cut text "
+"select it first and then press :kbd:`Control +X` or :menuselection:`Edit "
+"--> Cut`. To paste text press :kbd:`Control +V` or :menuselection:`Edit "
+"--> Paste`. To paste with no formatting press :kbd:`Control + Alt + "
+"Shift+ V` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Paste Unformatted Text`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To change font color press the button that has a T with a drop on it and "
+"a red underline this will bring down several differenent colors you can "
+"change your text to a color you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:30
+msgid ""
+"To make text superscript press the button with A and a smaller B located "
+"above it as if it in superscript. To make text subscript press the button"
+" that is an A with a smaller B located slightly below it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:32
+msgid ""
+"If you want text in a text box that can be moved with the mouse press the"
+" button that looks like a T with a box around it or "
+":menuselection:`Insert --> Text box`. To insert a hyperlink press "
+":kbd:`Control + K` or :menuselection:`Insert --> Hyperlink`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:34
+msgid ""
+"To add multiple columns to your document :menuselection:`Format --> "
+"Columns`. To have multiple columns in the field that says "
+":guilabel:`Columns` and set to the number of columns you want. When you "
+"are done with your settings press the :guilabel:`OK` button or if you "
+"decide you do not want to make changes to columns press the "
+":guilabel:`Cancel` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:38
 msgid ""
 "To check the spelling of your document press the ABC button with a "
-"checkmark, from the menu -> tools spelling or press f7. After you are "
+"checkmark, from the :menuselection:`tools --> spelling` or press "
-"done writing your document you can press the button that looks like a "
+":kbd:`f7`. To view how your document looks before printing it "
-"printer to print, press control+ p or file -> print."
+":menuselection:`File --> Print preview` or :kbd:`Control +Shift +O`. To "
+"get back to editing your document press the same thing again or click the"
+" close preview button. After you are done writing your document you can "
+"press the button that looks like a printer to print, press :kbd:`control+"
+" p` or :menuselection:`file --> print`. To change view or change your "
+"printer settings :menuselection:`File --> Printer settings`. To view your"
+" word count of how many words are currently in the document is with "
+"nothing slected at the bottom of the libreoffice writer window. If you "
+"select text with the mouse you can also see the word count of selection "
+"from the same spot."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:26
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:40
-msgid "How to Launch"
+msgid ""
+"To insert special symbols or characters press the button with the Ω "
+"symbol or from the menu :menuselection:`Insert --> Special character`. To"
+" insert a page break press :kbd:`control + enter` or from the menu "
+":menuselection:`Insert --> Page Break`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"To undo a mistake you make press :kbd:`control + z` or press the yellow "
+"arrow pointing to the left. If you accidently undid code redo or press "
+"the green arrow pointing to the right or press :kbd:`control + y`. Under "
+"the arrow buttons there is a drop down button that brings up a menu for "
+"which steps to undo and redo."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:27
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:46
 msgid ""
-"To launch go to menu -> office -> libreoffice writer or run lowriter from"
+"To center your text is press the button with the horizontal lines "
-" the command line."
+"centered or :menuselection:`format --> align --> centered`. To have your "
+"text justified to the right press the button with the lines on the right "
+"or :menuselection:`format --> align --> right`. To have your text aligned"
+" to left press the lines on the left with or :menuselection:`format --> "
+"align --> left`. To center justify your text which will add spaces in "
+"between words to make it appears at both orders press the button that has"
+" solid horizontal lines all of eqaul length to center justify the text or"
+" :guilabel:`Format --> Align --> Justified`."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change your line spacing of your document "
+":menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing: 2` for double "
+"spacing or :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line spacing 1.5` for "
+"one and a half line spacing. To change back to single line spacing of "
+"your document :menuselection:`Format --> Spacing --> Line Spacing: 1`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:50
+msgid ""
+"To insert an image into your go to :menuselection:`Insert --> Image` to "
+"insert an image directly to your word processing document. To move your "
+"image around left click on it and drag the image around. To resize the "
+"image while keeping the same aspect ratio click on one of the blue boxes "
+"around the corner to resize the image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"To have a header shown at the top of each page :menuselection:`Insert -->"
+" Header and footer --> Header --> Default style`. To have a footer at the"
+" bottom of each page :menuselection:`Insert--> Header and footer --> "
+"Footer --> Deafault style`. To get back to writing the main part of the "
+"document left click on the body of the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To select all text in the document press :kbd:`control + A` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Select All`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"To zoom for the entire page to be visible :menuselection:`View --> Zoom "
+"--> Entire Page`. To zoom so you can see the width of the page and "
+"everything is bigger :menuselection:`View --> Zoom ---> Page width`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To have a view of the document with no margins shown like on a webpage "
+":menuselection:`View --> Web` or To get back to the original view "
+":menuselection:`View --> Menu`. To toggle a vertical scrollbar "
+":menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Vertical Scroll bar`. To have a "
+"horizontal scrollbar :menuselection:`View --> Scrollbars --> Horizontal "
+"Scroll bar`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:60
+msgid ""
+"To toggle your view of rulers press :kbd:`Control + Shift +R` or "
+":menuselection:`View --> Rulers --> Rulers`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"To bring up a window with properties of your document "
+":menuselection:`File --> Properties`. The :guilabel:`General` tab shows "
+"metadata about the file including creation or modification time. The "
+":guilabel:`Descrption` tab has fields to input title subject and keywords"
+" and lets you also put in comments. The :guilabel:`Title` is where you "
+"can optionally put the title on. The :guilabel:`Subject` is a field to "
+"input the subject of the document. The :guilabel:`Keywords` is to input "
+"keywords on the document. The :guilabel:`Comments` is where you can have "
+"comments about the document. To embed any fonts you have in the documnet "
+"click the :guilabel:`Font` tab and check the :guilabel:`Embed fonts in "
+"the document` checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:65
+msgid "How to Launch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:66
+msgid "To launch go to menu :menuselection:`office --> libreoffice writer` or run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.5/libreoffice_writer.rst:72
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use libreoffice writer type what "
+#~ "you wish to type into the main "
+#~ "part of the window. If you wish"
+#~ " to save your data press the "
+#~ "icon that looks like a floppy disk"
+#~ " or press control + s. To open"
+#~ " a previously saved document press "
+#~ "the button that looks like a "
+#~ "folder or press control plus o. To"
+#~ " load or save a file from the"
+#~ " menu file -> open to open a"
+#~ " file or file -> save. To have"
+#~ " save your file as a pdf press"
+#~ " the button that is a sheet of"
+#~ " paper with curved red lines on "
+#~ "it or go file -> export and "
+#~ "select the file type as pdf."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To change the font size There is"
+#~ " a drop down box with a number"
+#~ " in it you can type the font"
+#~ " size you want in this box or"
+#~ " select from the dropdown menu. You"
+#~ " can change the font with the "
+#~ "drop down box to the left of "
+#~ "the font size which you can type"
+#~ " and it autocompletes the fonts or"
+#~ " select from the drop down menu."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To check the spelling of your "
+#~ "document press the ABC button with "
+#~ "a checkmark, from the menu -> "
+#~ "tools spelling or press f7. After "
+#~ "you are done writing your document "
+#~ "you can press the button that "
+#~ "looks like a printer to print, "
+#~ "press control+ p or file -> print."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch go to menu -> office "
+#~ "-> libreoffice writer or run lowriter"
+#~ " from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -73,45 +73,310 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"To open a pdf file use File -> Open from the menu or Ctrl + O on the "
+"To open a pdf file use :menuselection:`File --> Open` from the menu or "
-"keyboard. If you have a pdf open use File -> Open in new tab from the "
+":kbd:`Control + O` on the keyboard. If you have a pdf open use "
-"menu, click the Open in new tab button or press Ctrl + T. To refresh a "
+":menuselection:`File --> Open` in new tab from the menu, click the Open "
-"pdf click the Refresh button or press F5 just like most web browsers."
+"in new tab button or press :kbd:`Control + T`. To refresh a pdf click the"
+" Refresh button, :menuselection:`File --> Refresh`, or press :kbd:`F5` "
+"just like most web browsers. To switch between tabs on the keyboard you "
+"can press control :kbd:`control + tab` to go the next tab or "
+":kbd:`control + shift + tab` to cycle through your tabs in the opposite "
+"direction. At the bottom of the tab menu will be a list of all your tabs "
+"you have open with the title of each document. To close the tab press the"
+" red X button on the tab or press :kbd:`Control +W`. To close all tabs on"
+" qpdfview press :kbd:`Control + Shift +W`. To restore the most recently "
+"closed tabs press :kbd:`Alt+Shift+W` or :menuselection:`Restore most "
+"recently closed tab`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:21
 msgid ""
+"If you want a second copy of a pdf file open right click on the pdf file "
+"and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new tab`. If you want a copy of the "
+"current pdf open the pdf file and :menuselection:`Open Copy in new "
+"window`. To open your file manager in the current directory right click "
+"on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Open Containing Folder`. To close all "
+"tabs right click on the tab bar and :menuselection:`Close all tabs`. To "
+"Close all tabs but that one you right click on right click on a tab and "
+":menuselection:`Close all tabs but this one`. To close all tabs to the "
+"right of the one you right click right click on a tab and "
+":menuselection:`Close all tabs to right`. To close all tabs to the left "
+"right click on a tab and :menuselection:`Close all tabs to left`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23
+msgid ""
 "If you want to view a particular page select the box (e.g. page 1/3) and "
-"tpye the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next "
+"type the page number (e.g. page 3/3). To move to the previous and next "
 "page use the left and right arrow buttons respectively. There are "
 "numerous zoom option, including percentage, page width, page size, "
-"continous, and multiple pages."
+"continous, and multiple pages. Another way to jump to a particular page "
+"is to press :kbd:`control + j` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump to Page`."
+" To go back to page which you have just come from press :kbd:`control + "
+"enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump backward`. To jump forward a page"
+" press :kbd:`control + shift + enter` or :menuselection:`Edit --> Jump "
+"Forward`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:23
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:25
 msgid ""
-"qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, "
+"To print your pdf press :kbd:`Control + P` or :menuselection:`File --> "
-"in the menu select View -> Docks -> O utline (make sure the button is "
+"Print`. If you are printing the pdf in black and white you can however  "
-"checked) or press F6 on the keyboard. It should appear on the left hand "
+"tpggle previewing  the file in black and white by pressing :kbd:`Control "
-"side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This is useful in navigating "
+"+ U` or :menuselection:`View --> Convert to grayscale`. To invert the "
-"large pdfs."
+"colors of your pdf press :kbd:`Control +I` or :menuselection:`View --> "
+"Invert Colors`. To trim the margins off your pdf file press :kbd:`control"
+" +Shift +U` or :menuselection:`View --> Trim margins`. If you want to "
+"turn any of the alrenetes colors or trimmed margins off press or use the "
+"menu in the same thing again."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:27
+msgid ""
+"To select text or an image from qpdfview press :kbd:`control+c` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Copy to clipboard`. Then the cursor will turn "
+"into a crosshair and you will be able to expand a box to slect either "
+"text or an image and a menu to select copying the text, selecting the "
+"text, copying the image, or saving the image to file. Another way to copy"
+" text is to press :kbd:`Control +Left Click`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"To save your pdf file is to :menuselection:`File --> Save` or you can "
+"press :kbd:`Control + s`. You can save the file with a different name "
+"with :menuselection:`File --> SAve as`. To save a copy of the document "
+"click :menuselection:`File --> Save a copy`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"qpdfview also includes some very useful docks. To view the outline dock, "
+"in the menu select :menuselection:`View --> Docks --> Outline (make sure "
+"the button is checked)` or press :kbd:`F6` on the keyboard. It should "
+"appear on the left hand side of the pdf with collapsable sections. This "
+"is useful in navigating large pdfs. To see a thumbnail of each page "
+":menuselection:`View --> Dock --> Thumbnails` or press :kbd:`f8` to view "
+"a thumbnial of each page of the pdf file. If you want to close one of "
+"these docks click the X button on the dock to close it. To view the fonts"
+" embeded in the pdf :menuselection:`View --> Fonts`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"To view two pages at once like if you want to see a two page spread of an"
+" illustration in a pdf of a book press :kbd:`Control + 6` or "
+":menuselection:`View --> Two pages`. To get your view back to normal "
+"press :kbd:`Control +6` agian or :menuselection:`View --> Two pages` "
+"again.  To toggle the view of three pages at a time press :kbd:`Control "
+"+4` or :menuselection:`View --> Multiple pages`. To view right to left "
+"languges on qpdfview press :kbd:`Control +Shift +R` or "
+":menuselection:`View --> Right to left`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:35
+msgid ""
+"To search through your pdf file you can press :kbd:`control + f` or from "
+"the menu :menuselection:`edit --> search`. You will get taken to the "
+"results and will appear highligheted in yellow to see through the results"
+" you can press the down arrow to see results farther in the document and "
+"press the upward pointed arrow button to see results towards the start of"
+" the document. To exit the view to search dialog press :kbd:`Escape` or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Cancel search`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:37
+msgid ""
+"To make qpdfview fullscreen you can press :kbd:`f11` or "
+":menuselection:`View -->Fullscreen` . To enter presentation mode you can "
+"press :kbd:`f12` or :menuselection:`View --> Presentation` which makes "
+"the content of the pdf take up the fullscreen and gives you no menubars "
+"or toolbars. To exit presentation mode you can press :kbd:`f12` again. To"
+" advance to the next page in the presentation press the :kbd:`spacebar` "
+"or the :kbd:`right arrow`. To go back a page in presentation press the "
+":kbd:`left arrow`. To exit the presentation press :kbd:`escape`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:39
+msgid ""
+"To make an annotation press :kbd:`Control +A` or :menuselection:`Edit -->"
+" Add annotation`. To view the annotation you have made or edit it again "
+"press click on what looks like a sticky note with a pin in it. To remove "
+"your annotation right click on the annotation and click remove "
+"annotation. If you just want to highlight something slect add highlight "
+"at the context menu right then."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"To sleect page width in zoom in qpdfview is a drop down menu with page "
+"width to show the width of the page on qpdfview, :menuselection:`View -->"
+" Page width`, or press :kbd:`Control +9`. To view the whole page on "
+"qpdfview in this drop down menu select whole page, :menuselection:`View "
+"--> fit to page size`, or press :kbd:`Control + 8. To return to the "
+"original zoom press :kbd:`Control + 0` or :menuselection:`View --> "
+"Original size`. To zoom in is press the magnifying glass with a + in it "
+"or press :kbd:`Control + +` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom in`. To zoom"
+" out press the magnifying glass button with a - in it or press "
+":kbd:`Control + -` or :menuselection:`View --> Zoom out`. To rotate the "
+"file to the left is press :kbd:`Control + Left` or :menuselection:`View "
+"--> Rotate Left`. To rotate the file to the right is press :kbd:`Control "
+"+ Rights` or :menuselection:`View --> Rotate Right`.Another way to zoom "
+"with the scrollwheel is to press :kbd:`Control` and zoom with the "
+"mousewheel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:44
+msgid ""
+"If you have a particularly long pdf file you might want to make a "
+"bookmark to find a specific thing easily. To create a bookmark press "
+":kbd:`control +b` or  :menuselection:`Bookmarks -->  Add Bookmark` and "
+"give the bookmark a memorable title and description so you can find it in"
+" this document again easily. If you later want to remove the bookmark go "
+":menuselection:`bookmarks --> remove bookmark` or press :kbd:`control+ "
+"shift+ B`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"To jump to the start of a pdf file press the :kbd:`home` key or "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> First Page`. To jump to the last page of a pdf "
+"file press the :kbd:`end` key or :menuselection:`Edit --> Last Page`. To "
+"move to the next paget with a keyboard press :kbd:`Spacebar` or press "
+":kbd:`Backspace` to move back a page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:49
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:53
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"To add your own settings to qpdfview you can get to a settings window "
+"with :menuselection:`Edit --> Settings`. The checkbox for open url allows"
+" you to turn on or off Opening URL within within qpdfview. The "
+"autorefresh checkbox relaods the pdf whenever the file changes which is "
+"useful if you are authoring pdf files. If you want to scroll once to go "
+"to an entire page check the :guilabel:`minimal scrolling` checkbox. To "
+"change the color of highlights tpye a hex number for a color or select "
+"one from the drop down menu by name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:56
+msgid ""
+"If you want to reset these settings to the defaults is to press the "
+":guilabel:`defaults` button. If you just want defaults on the current tab"
+" you can press the :guilabel:`defaults on current tab` button. If you "
+"want to return to viewing your pdf with the same settings press the "
+":guilabel:`OK` button. If you wish to discard your changes press the "
+":guilabel:`cancel` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To deal with settings on graphics press press on the :guilabel:`graphics`"
+" tab. The settings for paper color will has a drop down menu for "
+"previewing what it is like printing on colored paper. The checkbox for "
+"prefetch will preload pages not directly viewed by the pdf viewer not "
+"directly on the screen however this will use more resources. The drop "
+"down for cache size will larger will use up more resources but will make "
+"loading pdfs much faster. The :guilabel:`Prefetch` checkbox loads pages "
+"before you view them. The :guilabel:`Prefetch distance` tells you how "
+"many pages away from where you are to load. The field for "
+":guilabel:`Presentation background color` sets the color of the "
+"background for presentations. The :guilabel:`Cache size` increases the "
+"size of the cache which will apply more system resorouces to run heavy "
+"pdfs like hundred of pages of full color artwork."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"To change the interface settings click on the :guilabel:`interface` tab."
+"  If you want the tabs to be spread out press the spread tabs checkbox. "
+"The the :guilabel:`tab position` changes where the tabbar on the window. "
+"The tab visibility can be set to as needed, always or never. The checkbox"
+" for :guilabel:`new tab next to current tab` opens new tabs next to the "
+"current one. The field for recently used lets you set the maximum number "
+"of files to keep around in recently used. The :guilabel:`Spread tabs` "
+"checkbox spreads the tabs to take up the whole tab bar and they get "
+"smaller the more tabs you open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:66
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Shortcuts` tab provides the abilty to customize keyboard "
+"shortcuts. The :guilabel:`Action` column is what is keyboard shortcut "
+"does. The :guilabel:`Key seqeunce` column shows the keyboard shorcut. "
+"Double click in the key sequence column to change the keyboard shortcut."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:71
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:28
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:72
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.4.17 of qpdfview."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:31
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:75
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:32
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:76
 msgid ""
-"To launch qpdfview go to the Menu -> Office -> qpdfview or run qpdfview "
+"To launch qpdfview go to the Menu :menuselection:`Office --> qpdfview` or"
-"from the command line."
+" run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/2.2.6/qpdfview.rst:82
+msgid "from the command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open a pdf file use File "
+#~ "-> Open from the menu or Ctrl "
+#~ "+ O on the keyboard. If you "
+#~ "have a pdf open use File -> "
+#~ "Open in new tab from the menu, "
+#~ "click the Open in new tab button"
+#~ " or press Ctrl + T. To refresh"
+#~ " a pdf click the Refresh button "
+#~ "or press F5 just like most web "
+#~ "browsers."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to view a particular"
+#~ " page select the box (e.g. page "
+#~ "1/3) and tpye the page number "
+#~ "(e.g. page 3/3). To move to the"
+#~ " previous and next page use the "
+#~ "left and right arrow buttons "
+#~ "respectively. There are numerous zoom "
+#~ "option, including percentage, page width, "
+#~ "page size, continous, and multiple "
+#~ "pages."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "qpdfview also includes some very useful"
+#~ " docks. To view the outline dock, "
+#~ "in the menu select View -> Docks"
+#~ " -> O utline (make sure the "
+#~ "button is checked) or press F6 on"
+#~ " the keyboard. It should appear on"
+#~ " the left hand side of the pdf"
+#~ " with collapsable sections. This is "
+#~ "useful in navigating large pdfs."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch qpdfview go to the Menu"
+#~ " -> Office -> qpdfview or run "
+#~ "qpdfview from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.2/Office_Applications.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,3 +23,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 2.2 Office Applications"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.2/Office_Applications.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapter documents office applications including the libreoffice "
+"office suite and qpdfview for viewing pdfs."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -33,48 +33,180 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:8
 msgid ""
+"To open a picture press :menuselection:`File --> Open`, :kbd:`Control + "
+"O`, or press the button that looks like a opening folder. If you do not "
+"like the picture press :kbd:`Del` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete`. To"
+" open a new window of lximage press :kbd:`Control +N` or "
+":menuselection:`File --> New Window`. To view your property of your image"
+" is :menuselection:`File --> File Properties`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10
+msgid ""
+"If you want to upload a picture to share it online press "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Upload` and a new window will pop up with a drop"
+" down menu to show where to upload the picture to. To actually uplaod the"
+" file press :guilabel:`Start`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:14
+msgid ""
 "To use lximage use the arrow to the right to view the next file in the "
 "folder and the arrow to the left to view the previous folder. To open a "
 "new picture press the open button which looks like a blue folder with a "
-"piece of paper in it. To save the file as something press the button that"
+"piece of paper in it. To open an entire directory :menuselection:`File "
-" looks like a floppy disk."
+"--> Open Directory` or press :kbd:`Control +D`. To save the file as "
+"something press the button that looks like a floppy disk or "
+":menuselection:`File --> Save As`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:10
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:16
 msgid ""
-"If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the file menu -> "
+"If you wish to print a picture after viewing it from the "
-"print or press control+ p to bring up a print dialog."
+":menuselection:`file --> print` or press :kbd:`control+ p` to bring up a "
+"print dialog."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:12
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:18
 msgid ""
 "To rotate an image to the right press the circular arrrow that points to "
-"the right or go to edit -> rotate clockwise. To rotate conterclockwise "
+"the right or go to :menuselection:`edit --> rotate clockwise`. To rotate "
-"use the circular arrow pointing to the left or edit ->rotate "
+"conterclockwise use the circular arrow pointing to the left or "
-"conterclockwise. To zoom in on a picture press the icon with a magnifying"
+":menuselection:`edit -->rotate conterclockwise`. To zoom in on a picture "
-" glass with a + symobol on it or press control + +. To zoom out press the"
+"press the icon with a magnifying glass with a + symobol on it or press "
-" button of a magnifying glass with a - symbol in it or press control + -."
+":kbd:`control + +`. To zoom out press the button of a magnifying glass "
+"with a - symbol in it or press :kbd:`control + -`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20
+msgid ""
+"To flip your image on the vertical axis :menuselection:`Edit --> Flip "
+"Vertically`. To flip your image on the horizontal axis "
+":menuselection:`Edit --> Flip Horizonatally`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To copy an image to the clipboard you can :menuselection:`Copy to "
+"Clipboard`. To paste an image to the clipboard :menuselection:`Paste from"
+" Clipboard`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:15
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To view the next picture on your image press the :kbd:`right arrow` and "
+"conversly to view the previous image press the :kbd:`left arrow`. To view"
+" thumbnials of the current directory you can toggle thumbnials and "
+"thumbnails will show at the buttom  with a scrollbar at the bottom of the"
+" window to view the whole folder. You can also scroll between different "
+"pictures with the mousewheel as well. To jump to the first picture press "
+":kbd:`home` or :menuselection:`Go --> First File`. To jump to the last "
+"picture press :kbd:`end` or :menuselection:`Go --> Last File`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To view the picture entirely at its original size press "
+":menuselection:`View --> Fit` or the button with a veritcial and "
+"horizontal arrow and a folded over buttom right corner. To return your "
+"image to its original size press the magnifying button with 1:1 inside it"
+" or :menuselection:`View --> Original Size`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:28
+msgid ""
+"To view the picture as fullscreen press :kbd:`f11` or "
+":menuselection:`View --> Fullscreen`. To have a slideshow of you pictures"
+" :menuselection:`View --> Slideshow`. Once you start the slideshow on the"
+" toolbar a play pause button will appear on the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:31
 msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:19
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:35
+msgid "Customizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:36
+msgid ""
+"To change the background color in a window press the button next to "
+":guilabel:`Normal background color` and then a window will pop up showing"
+" your color choice. To change the background color when fullscreen press "
+"the button next to :guilabel:`Fullscreen background color` and the same "
+"color picker window will appear. To change how long it takes for a each "
+"slide show to change change the :guilabel:`Slide show interval "
+"(seconds):` field. To cancel your changes press the :guilabel:`Cancel` "
+"button. To apply your settings and exit the prefrence dialog by pressing "
+"the :guilabel:`OK` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:41
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:20
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:42
 msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 or lximage."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:23
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:45
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:24
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"To launch lximage from the menu :menuselection:`graphics --> lximage` or "
+"run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.1/lximage.rst:52
 msgid ""
-"To launch lximage from the menu -> graphics - > lximage or run lximage-qt"
+"from the command line. The icon for lximage-qt is an orange landscape "
-" from the command line."
+"scene of a sunset."
 msgstr ""
 
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use lximage use the arrow to"
+#~ " the right to view the next "
+#~ "file in the folder and the arrow"
+#~ " to the left to view the "
+#~ "previous folder. To open a new "
+#~ "picture press the open button which "
+#~ "looks like a blue folder with a"
+#~ " piece of paper in it. To save"
+#~ " the file as something press the "
+#~ "button that looks like a floppy "
+#~ "disk."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you wish to print a picture "
+#~ "after viewing it from the file "
+#~ "menu -> print or press control+ p"
+#~ " to bring up a print dialog."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To rotate an image to the right"
+#~ " press the circular arrrow that "
+#~ "points to the right or go to "
+#~ "edit -> rotate clockwise. To rotate "
+#~ "conterclockwise use the circular arrow "
+#~ "pointing to the left or edit "
+#~ "->rotate conterclockwise. To zoom in on"
+#~ " a picture press the icon with "
+#~ "a magnifying glass with a + "
+#~ "symobol on it or press control +"
+#~ " +. To zoom out press the "
+#~ "button of a magnifying glass with "
+#~ "a - symbol in it or press "
+#~ "control + -."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch lximage from the menu ->"
+#~ " graphics - > lximage or run "
+#~ "lximage-qt from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Screenshot"
+msgid "Chapter 2.3.2 Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:4
@@ -35,27 +35,77 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "To use screenshot the whole screen takes a screenshot of your entire "
 "screen, current window only takes only the current window and capture an "
-"area of the screen lets you select an area interacetively. There is also "
+"area of the screen lets you select an area interacetively. To start the "
-"a delay for the screenshot you can set like a timer for a camera in the "
+"interactive area left click and then drag the mouse in a rectangle to "
-"bottom right corner of the screen."
+"select the area you want to take a screenshot. There is also a delay for "
+"the screenshot you can set like a timer for a camera in the bottom right "
+"corner of the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:11
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:10
-msgid "Version"
+msgid ""
+"To have your titlebar and frame around the window on a current window is "
+"a checkbox on the bottom. The :guilabel:`Include mouse cursor` checkbox "
+"will include your mouse cursor in the screenshot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:12
-msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 of screenshot."
+msgid ""
+"After taking your screenshot it will open up in the image viewer and to "
+"save it press :kbd:`Control + S` or :menuselection:`File --> Save`. If "
+"you did not get what you want in the screenshot you can take another with"
+" :menuselection:`File --> Capture Screenshot`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:15
+msgid "Screenshot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:19
+msgid "Version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:20
+msgid "Lubuntu ships with version 0.7.0 of screenshot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:23
 msgid "How to Launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:16
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"To launch screenshot from the menu -> Grapics -> Screenshot or run "
+"To launch screenshot from the menu :menuselection:`Grapics --> "
-"lximage-qt -s from the command line. Pressing the printscreen key also "
+"Screenshot` or run .. code::"
-"brings up the screenshot dialog."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.2/screenshot.rst:29
+msgid ""
+"from the command line. Pressing the printscreen key also brings up the "
+"screenshot dialog. The icon to launch screenshot looks like a camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Screenshot"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use screenshot the whole screen "
+#~ "takes a screenshot of your entire "
+#~ "screen, current window only takes only"
+#~ " the current window and capture an"
+#~ " area of the screen lets you "
+#~ "select an area interacetively. There is"
+#~ " also a delay for the screenshot "
+#~ "you can set like a timer for "
+#~ "a camera in the bottom right "
+#~ "corner of the screen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch screenshot from the menu "
+#~ "-> Grapics -> Screenshot or run "
+#~ "lximage-qt -s from the command line."
+#~ " Pressing the printscreen key also "
+#~ "brings up the screenshot dialog."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Generated-By: Babel 2.6.0\n"
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:2
-msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite"
+msgid "Chapter 2.3.3 Skanlite"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:4
@@ -41,26 +41,111 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:12
 msgid ""
-"To preview what you want to scan press the preview button and you can "
+"To preview what you want to scan press the :guilabel:`preview` button and"
-"make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can press "
+" you can make sure the scan is in a good position. With this done you can"
-"the scan button to scan the document after this a dialog will show up "
+" press the :guilabel:`scan` button to scan the document after this a "
-"asking you were to save what you are scanning."
+"dialog will show up asking you were to save what you are scanning. If you"
+" want to cancel your scan midway through the scani or preview click on "
+"the red octogon with a white inside x button to cancel the scan while the"
+" scan is in progress. Then a file save dialog will pop up and type the "
+"file name you want in the :guilabel:`File name` field and then press the "
+":guilabel:`Save` button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:14
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"If your scanner is not detected a you will get a device saying \"Sorry no"
+" devices detected\" whith having a button for :guilabel:`Reload devices "
+"list` to try and find your scanner again. If you want to cancel press the"
+" :guilabel:`Cancel` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18
+msgid ""
+"To change the dpi or dots per inch is the dpi drop down menu for "
+":guilabel:`scan resolution` but keep in mind the higher the number of dpi"
+" the better the picture quality but the longer it will take to scan. The "
+"scan mode changing allows you to select color to select color scanning or"
+" gray to only show your scan in gray and not use color ink if you would "
+"want to print it out again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "To zoom in press the magnifying glass button with a plus sign conversely "
-"to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign."
+"to move out press the magnifying glass button with a minus sign. To "
+"change your resolution change the scan resolution drop down and select "
+"the dots per inch you want to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To change the brightness of a scan slide the :guilabel:`brightness` "
+"slider or input an a positive or negative number into the the numeric "
+"field. To change constrast slide the :guilabel:`Contrast` slider or input"
+" a positive or negative number in the numeric field. To toggle inverting "
+"your colors on the scan check/uncheck the :guilabel:`Invert colors` "
+"Checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To select part of a scan you particularly want to save is to click over a"
+" preview of a scan and you will drag the selection with the mouse. To "
+"clear selections that can be automatically selected but canceled with a "
+"brown smudge with an x on it. If you want to zoom to your selection right"
+" click :guilabel:`Zoom to selection`. If you want to zoom to fit the "
+"whole entire page right click :guilabel:`Zoom to fit`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:27
+msgid "Screenshot"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:17
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:31
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:18
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:32
 msgid ""
 "To launch skanlite turn on your scanner and that it is connected to your "
-"computer. To launch the application go to the menu -> graphics -> "
+"computer. To launch the application go to the menu "
-"skanlite or run skanlite from the command line."
+":menuselection:`graphics --> skanlite` or run"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/2.3.3/Skanlite.rst:38
+msgid "from the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Chapter 2.3.4 Skanlite"
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To preview what you want to scan"
+#~ " press the preview button and you "
+#~ "can make sure the scan is in "
+#~ "a good position. With this done "
+#~ "you can press the scan button to"
+#~ " scan the document after this a "
+#~ "dialog will show up asking you "
+#~ "were to save what you are "
+#~ "scanning."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To zoom in press the magnifying "
+#~ "glass button with a plus sign "
+#~ "conversely to move out press the "
+#~ "magnifying glass button with a minus "
+#~ "sign."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch skanlite turn on your "
+#~ "scanner and that it is connected "
+#~ "to your computer. To launch the "
+#~ "application go to the menu -> "
+#~ "graphics -> skanlite or run skanlite "
+#~ "from the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -23,3 +23,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Chapter 2.3 Graphics Applications"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.3/Graphics_Applications.rst:4
+msgid ""
+"This chapters documents programs with viewing pictures taking screenshots"
+" and scanning pictures or documents."
+msgstr ""
+

source/po/az/LC_MESSAGES/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.po

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Lubuntu Manual 18.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-21 00:20-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-02-12 14:08-0600\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -64,25 +64,82 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:20
 msgid ""
 "To open a file in a archieve, open the archieve, then double click the "
-"file  or select it and click the Open button. If you want to extract or "
+":menuselection:`File --> Open` button. If you want to extract or move a "
-"move a file from the archieve, use the extract button."
+"file from the archieve, use the extract button. After you have extracted "
+"to places and you have the file open it will appear in in the menu for "
+"quick areas to extract to in :menuselection:`Archive --> Extract All --> "
+"Quick Extract to`. To preview a file press :kbd:`Control +P` or "
+":menuselection:`File --> Preview`. To open a file placed in an archieve "
+":menuselection:`File --> Open`. To rename a file in an archieve press "
+":kbd:`f2` or :menuselection:`File --> Rename`. To delete a file from an "
+"archieve press :kbd:`Delete` or :menuselection:`File --> Delete` and you "
+"will have a confirmation so you do not accidently lose data as this can't"
+" be undone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:22
+msgid ""
+"To create an archieve press :kbd:`Control +N` or :menuselection:`archieve"
+" --> new` button to bring up the create new archive dialog. Enter in the "
+"folder you want to create this archieve in the folder or press the folder"
+" button on the right to select where to create this archieve. Type the "
+"filename of the archieve you want to name the file. To select which type "
+"of archieve you get a drop down menu to select tar or zip archieve with "
+"various different kinds of compression. Some types of archives will allow"
+" to expand tunable settings of compression to change the compression with"
+" higher compression but will take more cpu to decompress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24
+msgid ""
+"To add a file to your archive :menuselection:`Archive --> Add Files` "
+"which brings up a file picker to choose how to add files. Once you add a "
+"file press the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a file. If you want to "
+"select multiple files to add at once you can hold down :kbd:`Control` and"
+" then left click on the files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"To view how to open recent archives :menuselection:`Archive --> Open "
+"Recent`. To clear the list of recent files :menuselection:`Archive --> "
+"Open Recent --> Clear List`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:23
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:29
 msgid "Version"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:24
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:30
 msgid "Lubuntu ships version 4:18.04.3 of ARK."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:27
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:33
 msgid "How to launch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:28
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:34
-msgid ""
+msgid "To launch ARK go to the menu :menuselection:`Accessories --> ARK` or run"
-"To launch ARK go to the menu -> Accessories -> ARK or run ark on the "
-"command line."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../source/2/2.4/2.4.1/ARK.rst:40
+msgid ""
+"on the command line. The icon for ARK looks like a green box with a "
+"zipper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To open a file in a archieve, "
+#~ "open the archieve, then double click "
+#~ "the file  or select it and click"
+#~ " the Open button. If you want "
+#~ "to extract or move a file from "
+#~ "the archieve, use the extract button."
+#~ msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To launch ARK go to the menu "
+#~ "-> Accessories -> ARK or run ark"
+#~ " on the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+